TB125 TB135 TB145

267
OPERA TOR’S MANUAL Book No. AG4E029 Compact Excavator OPERATOR’S MANUAL E ¡TB125: 12514526~ ¡TB135: 13514051~ ¡TB145: 14513261~ Serial No. TB125 TB135 TB145 TB125 TB135 TB145 Read and understand these instructions. Failure to do so can cause injury or death. WARNING

Transcript of TB125 TB135 TB145

Page 1: TB125 TB135 TB145

OPERA TOR’S MANUAL

Book No. AG4E029

Compact Excavator

OP

ER

AT

OR

’S M

AN

UA

L

E

¡TB125: 12514526~¡TB135: 13514051~¡TB145: 14513261~

Serial No.

TB125TB135TB145

TB125 TB135 TB145

Read and understand these instructions.Failure to do so can cause injury or death.

WARNING

Page 2: TB125 TB135 TB145

SAFETY ALERT SYMBOLThis symbol means Attention! Be Alert! Your Safety Is Involved.The message that follows the symbol contains important informa-tion about safety.Read and understand the message to avoid personal injury or death.

■ It is the owner or employer’s responsibility to fully instruct each operator in theproper and safe operation of all equipment. All persons using this machine shouldthoroughly familiarize themselves with the following sections.

■ All operators must be instructed on the proper functions of the excavator beforerunning the machine.

■ Learn and practice correct use of the machine controls in a safe, clear area beforeoperating this machine on a job site.

CAUTION

Improper operation, inspection and maintenance of thismachine can cause injury or death.Read and understand this manual before performing anyoperation, inspection or maintenance on this machine.

■ Always store this manual near at hand preferably on the machine itself. If it should belost or damaged, immediately order a new one from your Takeuchi dealer.When transferring ownership of this machine, be sure to provide this manual to the nextowner.

■ Takeuchi supplies machines complying to the local regulations and standards of thecountry of export. If your machine has been purchased in another country or from aperson or company of another country, it may not have the safety devices or safetystandards required for use in your country. Should you have any question about whetheryour machine complies with the regulations and standards of your country, contact aTakeuchi dealer.

■ Please note that the contents and diagrams included in this manual may not match yourmachine exactly.

Page 3: TB125 TB135 TB145

1

It is your responsibility to observe all pertinent laws and regulations and to followthe manufacturer’s instructions on machine operation, inspection and maintenance.

Virtually all accidents occur as the result of a failure to observe basic safety rules andprecautions. An accident can often be avoided by recognizing potentially hazardoussituations beforehand. Read and understand all of the safety messages which explainhow to prevent these accidents from occurring. Do not operate the machine until you aresure that you have gained a proper understanding of its operation, inspection andmaintenance.

■ SlGNAL WORDSSafety messages appearing in this manual and on machine decals are identified by thewords “DANGER”, “WARNING” and “CAUTION”. These signal words mean the following:

IMPORTANT: The word “IMPORTANT” is used to alert against operators andmaintenance personnel about situations which can result in possible damage to themachine and its components.

It is impossible to foresee every possible circumstance that might involve a potential hazard.The warnings in this manual or on the machine can not cover all possible contingencies.You must exercise all due care and follow normal safety procedures when operating themachine so as to ensure that no damage occurs to the machine, its operators or otherpersons.

The word “DANGER”indicates an imminentlyhazardous situationwhich, if not avoided,can result in seriousinjury or death.

The word “WARNING”indicates a potentiallyhazardous situationwhich, if not avoided,could result in seriousinjury or death.

The word “CAUTlON”indicates a potentiallyhazardous situationwhich, if not avoided,may result in minor ormoderate injury.

DANGER WARNING CAUTION

■ EXPLANATION OF GRAPHICAL SYMBOLSFollowing is an explanation of symbols used in this manual.

, X ......... prohibition

/ ....... Lock

/ ...... Unlock

Page 4: TB125 TB135 TB145

2

INTRODUCTION

ForewordThis manual describes operation, inspectionand maintenance of the machine, as well assafety instructions to be heeded during theseoperations.If you have any questions about the machine,please contact a Takeuchi sales or serviceoutlet.

■ Manual storage compartmentA compartment for storing this manual isprovided at the position shown on thediagram below.

1. Insert the starter key and turn itcounterclockwise to unlock the manualstorage compartment.

2. After using the manual, place it in theplastic pouch and store it back in themanual storage compartment.

■ Serial numbersCheck the serial numbers of the machine andthe engine and write them in the spacesprovided below.

Machine number :

Engine number :

G4A002

G4A001

Page 5: TB125 TB135 TB145

3

MACHINE DESCRIPTlON

■ Front, rear, Ieft and rightThis manual refers the front, rear, left andright of the machine as seen when sitting inthe operator’s seat with the dozer bladevisible to the front.

■ Designated operationsUse this machine primarily for the followingoperations:¡Excavating¡Digging ditches¡Digging side ditches¡Leveling¡Loading

■ Features¡Short pitch rubber crawler¡Low engine noise and exhaust emissions¡Electro over hydraulic control of auxiliary hydraulic circuit is located on the left-hand joystick

control¡One touch engine deceleration button is located on the right-hand joystick control¡Slew cushioning system for easy bucket positioning¡Engine emergency stop/idle system¡Tilt-up operators platform for easy access to major compartment

■ Break-in periodWhen the machine is new, heed the instructions below when operating the machine for thefirst 100 hours (as indicated on the hour meter).Using a new machine roughly without breaking it in will lead to quicker deterioration of machineperformance and may shorten the machine’s service life.¡Warm up the engine and hydraulic oil sufficiently.¡Avoid heavy loads and rapid operations. Operate with a load of about 80% the maximum

load.¡Do not start up, accelerate, change directions, or stop abruptly unless necessary.

E3A020

FRONT

LEFT RIGHT

REAR

Dozer blade

Page 6: TB125 TB135 TB145

4

Page 7: TB125 TB135 TB145

5

Introduction .................................... 2

Machine Description ...................... 3

Safety .............................................. 7

Controls .........................................35

Operation .......................................59

Transport .......................................87

Maintenance ..................................91

Troubleshooting ..........................135

Specifications ..............................147

Options ........................................193

Index ............................................257

CONTENTS

Page 8: TB125 TB135 TB145

6

Page 9: TB125 TB135 TB145

7

SAFETY

General Precautions .................................... 8

Preparing Precautions ............................... 12

Starting Precautions .................................. 14

Operating Precautions............................... 16

Stopping Precautions ................................ 23

Transporting Precautions .......................... 24

Maintenance Precautions .......................... 25

Safety Signs (Decals) ................................. 32

Page 10: TB125 TB135 TB145

8

SAFETY

Observe all safety rules

¡Operation, inspection and maintenance ofthis machine must be performed only bya trained and qualified person.

¡All rules, regulations, precautions andsafety procedures must be understoodand followed when performing operation,inspection and maintenance of thismachine.

¡Do not perform any operation, inspectionand maintenance of this machine whenunder the adverse influence of alcohol,drugs, medication, fatigue, or insufficientsleep.

Wear appropriate clothing andpersonal protective equipment

¡Do not wear loose clothing or anyaccessory that can catch on controls or inmoving parts.

¡Do not wear oily or fuel stained clothingthat can catch fire.

¡Wear a hard hat, safety shoes, safetyglasses, filter mask, heavy gloves, earprotection and other protective equipmentas required by job conditions. Wearrequired appropriate equipment such assafety glasses and filter mask when usinggrinders, hammers or compressed air, asmetal fragments or other objects can flyand cause serious injury.

¡Use hearing protection when operating themachine. Loud prolonged noise can causehearing impairments, even the total lossof hearing.

Provide a fire extinguisher andfirst aid kit

¡Know where a fire extinguisher and firstaid kit are located and understand how touse them.

¡Know how to contact emergencyassistance and first aid help.

Never remove safety equipment

¡Make sure all protective guards, canopies,doors, etc., are in place and secure. Repairor replace damaged components beforeoperating the machine.

¡Know how to use the safety lock lever, seatbelt and other safety equipment and usethem properly.

¡Never remove any safety equipmentexcept for service. Keep all safetyequipment in good operating condition.

General Precautions

Page 11: TB125 TB135 TB145

9

SAFETY

Be sure to lock the safety locklever before leaving theoperator’s seat

¡Before leaving the operator’s seat, set thesafety lock lever securely to the lockposition and stop the engine. If anycontrols should be touched accidentallywhen the safety lock lever has not belocked, the machine will move suddenly,and cause serious injury or death.

¡Note that the dozer blade and boom swingcontrols are not locked, even when thesafety lock lever is set to the lock position.Do not touch these controls accidentally.

¡Before leaving the operator’s seat, lowerthe working equipment, lock the safetylock lever, and stop the engine. Also, besure to remove the key and take it withyou.

Use a signal person and flagman

Know and use the hand signals required forparticular jobs and make sure who has theresponsibility for signaling.¡All personnel must fully understand all the

signals.¡The operator shall respond to signals only

from the appointed signal person, but shallobey a stop signal at any time fromanyone.

¡The signal person must stand in a clearlyvisible location when giving signals.

General Precautions

Page 12: TB125 TB135 TB145

10

SAFETY

General Precautions

Exhaust fumes from the enginecan kill

¡Do not operate the engine in an enclosedarea without adequate ventilation.

¡ If natural ventilation is poor, installventilators, fans, exhaust extension pipesor other artificial venting devices.

Handling asbestos dust

Inhaling asbestos dust has been linked tolung cancer. When handling materials whichmay contain asbestos, take the followingprecautions:¡Never use compressed air for cleaning.¡Avoid brushing or grinding of the materials.¡For clean up, use wet methods or a

vacuum equipped with a high efficiencyparticulate air (HEPA) filter.

¡Wear an approved respirator if there is noother way to control the dust. Whenworking indoors, install a ventilationsystem with a macro molecular filter.

Avoid fire and explosion hazards

Keep flames away from fuel, hydraulic fluid,oil, grease and antifreeze. Fuel is particularlyflammable and dangerous.¡When handling these combustible

materials, keep lit cigarettes, matches,lighters and other flames or sources offlames away.

¡Do not smoke or permit open flames whilefueling or near fueling operations.

¡Never remove the fuel cap or refuel withthe engine running or hot. Never allow fuelto spill on hot machine components.

¡Clean up spilled fuel, oil or otherflammable fluids immediately.

¡Check for fuel, oil or hydraulic fluid leaks.Stop all leaks and clean the machinebefore operating.

¡Do not cut or weld on pipes or tubes thatcontain flammable fluids. Clean thoroughlywith nonflammable solvent before cuttingor welding.

¡Remove all trash or debris from themachine. Make sure that oily rags or otherflammable material are not stored on themachine.

¡Handle all solvents and dry chemicalsaccording to procedures identified onmanufacturers’ containers. Work in a well-ventilated area.

¡Never use fuel for cleaning purposes.Always use a nonflammable solvent.

¡Store all flammable fluids and materialsin a safe and well-ventilated place.

Page 13: TB125 TB135 TB145

11

SAFETY

General Precautions

Be careful not to get crushed or cut

Never put your hands, feet or other parts ofyour body between the upperstructure andthe undercarriage or tracks, between themachine body and working equipment, orbetween a cylinder and moving part. The sizeof these gaps change when the machinemoves and if caught a person can suffersevere injury or death.

Using optional products

¡Consult with a Takeuchi dealer beforeinstalling optional attachments.

¡Do not use attachments that have notbeen approved by Takeuchi or a Takeuchidealer. Doing so may compromise safetyor adversely affect the machine’soperation or service life.

¡Takeuchi will not be held responsible forany injuries, accidents or damage to itsproducts caused by the use of a non-approved attachment.

Never modify the machine

Unauthorized modifications to this machinecan cause injury or death. Never makeunauthorized modifications to any part of thismachine.

Page 14: TB125 TB135 TB145

12

SAFETY

Preparing Precautions

Always keep the machine clean

¡Clean windows, mirrors and lights toensure good visibility.

¡Wipe off any oil, grease, mud, snow orice, to prevent accidents due to slipping.

¡Remove all loose objects stored in themachine and all objects which do notbelong in or on the machine and itsequipment.

¡Remove any dirt, oil or grease from theengine area, to prevent fires.

¡Clean the area around the operator’s seat,removing any potential obstacles.

Know the working area

Before starting operation, know the workingarea to ensure safety.¡Check the topography and ground

condition of the working area, or thestructure of the building when workingindoors, and take the necessary safetymeasures in dangerous spots.

¡Note and avoid all hazards andobstructions such as ditches, undergroundlines, trees, cliffs, overhead electrical wiresor areas where there is danger of a slide.

¡Check with the local utilities for thelocations of buried gas and water pipesand buried power cables. Determine jointlywhat specific precautions must be takento insure safety.

¡When working on roads, be sure to takeinto account the safety of pedestrians andvehicles.• Use a flagman and/or signals.• Fence off the working area and prohibit

entry to unauthorized persons.¡When working in water or crossing shallow

streams or creeks, check the depth of thewater, the solidity of the ground, and thespeed of the current beforehand. Makesure the water is not deeper than theallowable depth.

Refer to the section titled “Cautions onOperating” for further instructions.

Page 15: TB125 TB135 TB145

13

SAFETY

Preparing Precautions

Perform inspection andmaintenance daily

Failure to notice or repair machineirregularities or damage can lead toaccidents.¡Before operating, perform the prescribed

inspections and make repairs immediatelyshould any irregularities be found.

¡ If a failure that causes loss of control suchas steering, service brakes or engineoccurs, stop the machine motion asquickly as possible, follow the shutdownprocedure, and keep machine securelyparked until the malfunction is corrected.

Page 16: TB125 TB135 TB145

14

SAFETY

Starting Precautions

Maintain three point contactwhen mounting and dismounting

¡Do not jump on or off the machine. Neverattempt to mount or dismount a movingmachine.

¡When mounting and dismounting the cab,first open the door fully to the lockedposition and check that it does not move.(For machines with cabs)

¡Always face the access system andmaintain a three point contact with therecommended handrails and steps whilegetting on and off the machine. Keep stepsand platform clean.

¡Never use the safety lock lever or controllevers as hand holds.

Clear the area of other personsbefore starting the machine

Do not start the engine until you are sure it issafe. Before starting, check or perform thefollowing.¡Walk around the machine and warn all

personnel who may be servicing themachine or are in the machine path. Donot start until all personnel are clearly awayfrom the machine.

¡Check for any “DO NOT OPERATE” tagsor similar warning notices on the cab door,controls or starter switch.

¡Sound horn to alert everyone around themachine.

Start the engine from theoperator’s seat

¡Adjust, secure and latch the operator’sseat.

¡Fasten the seat belt.¡Check that the parking device is applied

and place all controls in the neutralposition.

¡Check that the safety lock lever is in thelock position.

¡Clear the area of all persons.¡Start and operate the engine from the

operator’s seat only.¡Never attempt to start the engine by

shorting across the starter terminals.

Page 17: TB125 TB135 TB145

15

SAFETY

Starting Precautions

Starting with jumper cables

Use jumper cables only in the recommendedmanner. Improper use of jumper cables canresult in battery explosion or unexpectedmachine motion.

Refer to the section titled “If the BatteryGoes Dead” for proper instructions.

After starting the engine

After starting the engine, perform thefollowing operations and checks in a safeplace with no persons or obstacles in thearea. If any malfunctions are found, followthe shutdown procedure and report themalfunction.¡Warm up the engine and hydraulic fluid.¡Observe all gauges or warning

instruments for proper operation.¡Listen for unusual noises.¡Test engine speed control.¡Operate each control to insure proper

operation.

In cold weather

¡Be careful of slippery conditions onfreezing ground, steps and hand holds.

¡ In severe cold weather, do not touch anymetal parts of the machine with exposedflesh, as flesh can freeze to the metal andCause injury.

¡Do not use ether or starting fluids on thisengine. These starting aids can causeexplosion and serious injury or death.

¡Warm up the engine and hydraulic fluidbefore operating.

Page 18: TB125 TB135 TB145

16

SAFETY

Operating Precautions

Check for safety in thesurrounding area before starting

¡Understand the machine limitations.¡Use a signal person where clearances are

close or your vision is obstructed.¡Never allow anyone to enter the slew

(swing) radius and machine path.¡Signal your intention to move by sounding

the horn.¡There are blind spots to the rear of the

machine.If necessary, swing the cab around beforebacking up to check that the area is safeand clear.

Ensure good visibility

¡When working in dark places, turn on themachine’s working lights and headlightsand/or provide extra stationary lighting ifnecessary.

¡When visibility is poor due to severeweather (fog, snow or rain), stop operatingthe machine and wait until conditionsimproves.

Do not permit riders on themachine

¡Do not allow anyone to ride on any part ofthe machine at any time while traveling.

¡Do not allow anyone to be on any part ofthe machine while operating.

Page 19: TB125 TB135 TB145

17

SAFETY

E4A040

Operating Precautions

Travel safety

¡Travel with the dozer blade up, the hoeattachment folded as shown on thediagram, and the bucket raised 30 to 40cm (12 to 16 in.) from the ground.

¡Do not slew (swing) while traveling. If youmust operate the hoe attachment whiletraveling, operate at speeds slow enoughso you have complete control at all times.

Check the position of theundercarriage (tracks) beforetraveling

Before operating the travel levers, check tomake sure that the dozer blade is to the frontof the operator’s seat. BE AWARE that whenthe dozer blade is to the rear of the operator’sseat, the travel levers operate in the oppositedirection to when the dozer blade is in thefront.

(12 to 16 in.)

¡< TB125 : Serial No. 12514526 ~ >< TB135 : Serial No. 13516745 ~ >< TB145 : Serial No. 14515346 ~ >When a load greater than a set value isapplied during 2nd speed (high speed)travel, the speed will automatically slowdown by switching to 1st speed (lowspeed).Thereafter, when the load becomes lighter,the speed will increase by returning to 2ndspeed (high speed). Exercise due cautionsince the travel speed changesautomatically.

¡Avoid crossing over obstacles wheneverpossible. If you must do so, keep the hoeattachment close to the ground and travelslowly. Never cross obstacles if they willseriously tilt the machine (to an angle of10° or greater).

¡On uneven ground, travel at low speedand avoid accelerating, stopping orchanging directions abruptly.

¡When roading a machine, know and usethe signaling devices required on themachine. Provide an escort for road travelwhen required.

Page 20: TB125 TB135 TB145

18

SAFETY

Operating Precautions

Cautions on traveling on slopes

When traveling on slopes or grades, becareful that the machine does not tip (roll)over or slide.¡Never exceed the machine’s stability

capabilities (maximum gradeability - 30°,lateral tipping angle - 15°). Also note thatwhen actual working area conditions arepoor the machine’s stability capabilitiesmay be lower.

¡When traveling on slopes or grades, lowerthe bucket to a height of 20 to 30 cm (8 to12 in.) off the ground. In emergencies,lower the bucket to the ground and stopthe machine.

¡When traveling on slopes or grades, moveslowly in first gear (low speed).

¡Do not travel down slopes in reverse.¡On grass, dead leaves, wet metal or frozen

surfaces, the machine may slide sidewayseven on very gentle slopes. Make surethe machine never faces sideways withrespect to the slope.

¡Do not change directions or cross slopessideways. First return to a flat surface thenredirect the machine.

Operate on snow or ice with extracare

¡When traveling on snow or frozensurfaces, keep the machine travel speeddown and avoid accelerating, stopping orchanging directions abruptly.

¡Remember that the road shoulder, fences,etc., may be buried in the snow and notvisible.

¡Lower the dozer blade when parked onunsure ground conditions.

Page 21: TB125 TB135 TB145

19

SAFETY

Operating Precautions

¡Maintain the maximum possible distancefrom power lines and never violate theminimum clearance.

¡Always contact the nearest electric utilityand determine jointly what specificprecautions must be taken to insure safety.

¡Consider all lines to be power lines andtreat all power lines as energized eventhough it is known or believed that thepower is shut off and the line is visiblygrounded.

¡Use a signal person to observe theapproach of any part of the machine orload to the power line.

¡Caution all ground personnel to standclear of the machine and the load at alltimes.

¡ If the machine should come in contact witha live electrical source, do not leave theoperator’s seat. Do not allow anyone toapproach or touch the machine.

¡Be especially careful of buried high voltagepower lines.

Insure driver safety beforeloading trucks

Do not load a truck unless the driver is in asafe place.¡Never swing or position the bucket over

personnel or truck cabs.¡Load the truck from the rear.

Keep a safe distance fromelectrical power lines

Never approach power lines with any part ofthe machine and its load unless all local andnational required safety precautions havebeen taken. Electrocution and death canresult from arcing, touching or even beingclose to a machine that is in contact with ornear an electrical source.

Page 22: TB125 TB135 TB145

20

SAFETY

Operating Precautions

• The ground is also unstable on banksand near dugout trenches.

Operating on slopes is dangerous

When operating on slopes or grades, slewing(swinging) or operating working equipmentmay cause the machine to lose stability andtip over. Avoid operating on slopes wheneverpossible.

¡Level off the work area.

¡Avoid swinging the loaded bucket in adownhill direction. This will reduce thestability of the machine.

Watch out for hazardous workingconditions

¡Never undercut a high bank. Beparticularly alert for the possibility of acave-in.

¡Do not operate in places where there is adanger of falling rocks.

¡Keep machine well back from the edge ofan excavation. Avoid undercutting themachine.

¡Do not approach unstable surfaces (cliffs,road shoulders, deep trenches, etc.). Theground may give way under the machine’sweight or vibrations, causing the machineto tip over.• The ground is weak after rain or

explosions.

Fill

Page 23: TB125 TB135 TB145

21

SAFETY

Operating Precautions

Never slew (swing) sideways withexcessive weights

The machine can tip over more easily in thelateral direction than in the longitudinaldirection.¡Do not slew (swing) sideways with

excessive weight at the front.In particular do not slew sideways onslopes.

¡The front is heavier for machines equippedwith breakers, crushers or telescopic armsthan for machines equipped with thestandard bucket. Do not operate suchmachines sideways especially with thedigging arm (boom) downhill.

Watch boom clearance

When operating under bridges, in tunnels,near power lines or indoors, be careful notto hit the boom or arm against overheadobjects.

Excavators are not designed forlifting loads

The machine is specifically designed forexcavation work and has no safety devicesfor crane operation. Extreme caution shouldbe used if the excavator is used for lifting.¡Never lift loads in excess of capacity.

Overload will cause the machine to roll andcan result in serious injury or death.

¡All rated lift capacities are based on themachine being level and on a firmsupporting surface. For safe workingloads, the user is expected to make dueallowance for the particular job conditionssuch as soft or uneven ground, non-levelcondition, side loads, dynamic or jerkedloads, hazardous conditions, experienceof personnel, etc. The operator and otherpersonnel should fully acquaintthemselves with the operator’s manualbefore operating this machine, and rulesfor safe operation of equipment shall beadhered to at all times.

¡Failure of the bucket linkage or slingscould result if chains or slings areincorrectly attached, resulting in seriousinjury or death.

¡Do not attempt to pull stumps out of theground while using the machine as acrane. The loads imposed on the machineunder this use are completely unknown.

¡Never allow any personnel to stand on orunder lifted loads or even within themaneuvering area.

Page 24: TB125 TB135 TB145

22

SAFETY

Operating Precautions

Danger of flying objects

This machine is not equipped with protectiveguards to protect the operator from flyingobjects. Do not use the machine in placeswhere there are risks of the operator beinghit by flying objects.

Cautions on Towing

When towing, selecting the wrong wire rope,inspecting improperly, or towing in the wrongway could lead to accidents resulting inserious injury or death.¡The wire rope breaking or coming

detached could be extremely dangerous.Use a wire rope suited for the requiredtowing force.

¡Do not use a wire rope that is kinked,twisted or otherwise damaged.

¡Do not apply strong loads abruptly to thewire rope.

¡Use safety gloves when handling the wirerope.

¡Make sure there is an operator on themachine being towed as well as on themachine that is towing.

¡Never tow on slopes.¡Do not let anyone near the wire rope while

towing.

N0A006

Page 25: TB125 TB135 TB145

23

SAFETY

Stopping Precautions

Park safely

¡Park the machine on firm, level ground andapply the parking device.

¡When parking on streets, use barriers,caution signs, lights, etc., so that themachine can easily be seen even at nightto avoid collision with other vehicles.

¡Before leaving the machine, do thefollowing:

1. Lower the bucket and dozer blade to theground.

2. Place the safety lock lever in the lockposition.

3. Stop the engine and remove the key.4. Lock the cab and covers.

E3A4901

Page 26: TB125 TB135 TB145

24

SAFETY

Transporting Precautions

Load and unload the machinesafely

The machine may roll or tip over or fall whileloading or unloading it. Take the followingprecautions:¡Select a firm, level surface and keep

sufficient distance from road shoulders.¡Use loading ramps of adequate strength

and size. Maintain the slope of loadingramps within 15 degrees.

¡Secure the ramps to the truck bed.¡Keep the truck bed and loading ramps

clean of oil, clay, ice, snow, and othermaterials which can become slippery.Clean the tracks.

¡Block the transport vehicle so it can notmove.

¡Use a signal person when loading andunloading the machine, and travel slowlyin first gear (low speed).

¡Never change course on the ramp.¡Do not slew (swing) on ramps. The

machine may tip over.¡When slewing (swinging) on the truck bed,

do so slowly as the footing can beunstable.

¡Engage the slew (swing) lock after loading.¡Block both tracks and secure the machine

to the truck bed with load binders.

Transport the machine safely

¡Know and follow the safety rules, vehiclecode and traffic laws when transportingthe machine.

¡Consider the length, width, height andweight of the truck with the machineloaded on it when determining the bestroute.

E4F001

Fasten to the suspension fitting

Ramp

15° or lessDistance between ramps

Stopper

Page 27: TB125 TB135 TB145

25

SAFETY

Maintenance Precautions

Attach a “DO NOT OPERATE” tag

Severe injury could result if an unauthorizedperson should start the engine or touchcontrols during inspection or maintenance.¡Stop the engine and remove the key

before performing maintenance.¡Attach a “DO NOT OPERATE” tag to the

starter switch or control lever.

Use the correct tools

Do not use damaged or weakened tools ortools designed for other purposes. Use toolssuited for the operation at hand.

Replace important safety partsperiodically

¡Replace fuel hoses periodically. Fuelhoses become weaker over time, even ifthey appear to be in good shape.

¡Replace important safety parts wheneveran irregularity is found, even if it is beforethe normal time for replacement.Refer to the section titled “Important Parts”for further details.

Anti-explosive lighting

Use anti-explosive electrical fixtures andlights when inspecting fuel, oil, coolant,battery fluid, etc. If lighting that is not anti-explosive should break, the substance couldignite, resulting in serious injury or death.

Do not allow unauthorizedpersonnel in the work area

Do not allow unauthorized personnel in thework area. Chips or other debris can fly offmachine parts when grinding, welding orusing a hammer.

Page 28: TB125 TB135 TB145

26

SAFETY

Maintenance Precautions

Prepare the work area

¡Select a firm, level work area. Make surethere is adequate light and, if indoors,ventilation.

¡Clear obstacles and dangerous objects.Eliminate slippery areas.

Stop the engine beforeperforming maintenance

¡Avoid lubrication or mechanicaladjustments with the machine in motionor with the engine running while stationary.

¡ If maintenance must be performed withthe engine running, always work as a two-person team with one person sitting in theoperator’s seat while the other works onthe machine.• When performing maintenance, be sure

to keep your body and clothing awayfrom moving parts.

Always clean the machine

¡Clean the machine before performingmaintenance.

¡Stop the engine and cover electrical partswhen washing the machine. Water onelectrical parts could cause short-circuitsor malfunctions.Do not use water or steam to wash thebattery, sensors, connectors or theoperator’s seat area.

Stay clear of moving parts

¡Stay clear of all rotating and moving parts.Wrapping or entanglement may result inserious injury or death.

¡Keep hands, clothing and tools away fromthe rotating fan and running fan belts.

Page 29: TB125 TB135 TB145

27

SAFETY

Maintenance Precautions

Securely block the machine orany component that may fall

¡Before performing maintenance or repairsunder the machine, set all workingequipment against the ground or in thelowermost position.

¡Securely block the tracks.¡ If you must work beneath the raised

machine or equipment, always use woodblocks, jack-stands or other rigid andstable supports. Never get under themachine or working equipment if they arenot sufficiently supported. This procedureis especially important when working onhydraulic cylinders.

Secure the engine hood or coverwhen opened

Be sure to secure the engine hood or coverwhen opening it. Do not open the enginehood or cover on slopes or in strong wind.

Cautions on tilting up the platform

¡Raising or lowering the platform while theengine is running may cause the machineto move, and cause serious injury ordeath. Lower the working equipment to theground and stop the engine before raisingor lowering the platform.

¡When the floor is tilted up, support it firmlywith the stopper to prevent it from falling.

Place heavy objects in a stableposition

When removing or installing the hoeattachment, place it in a stable position sothat it does not tip over.

Securely block the workingequipment

To prevent unexpected movement, securelyblock the working equipment when repairingor replacing the cutting edges or bucket teeth.

Page 30: TB125 TB135 TB145

28

SAFETY

Maintenance Precautions

Use caution when fueling

¡Do not smoke or permit open flames whilefueling or near fueling operations.

¡Never remove the fuel cap or refuel withthe engine running or hot. Never allow fuelto spill on hot machine components.

¡Maintain control of the fuel filler nozzlewhen filling the tank.

¡Do not fill the fuel tank to capacity. Allowroom for expansion.

¡Clean up spilled fuel immediately.¡Tighten the fuel tank cap securely. Should

the fuel cap be lost, replace it only withthe original manufacturer’s approved cap.Use of a non-approved cap without properventing may result in pressurization of thetank.

¡Never use fuel for cleaning purposes.¡Use the correct fuel grade for the operating

season.

Handling of hoses

Fuel, oil or hydraulic fluid leaks can cause afire.¡Do not twist, bend or hit the hoses.¡Never use twisted, bent or cracked hoses,

tubes and pipes. They may burst.¡Retighten loose connections.

Be careful with hot andpressurized components

Stop the engine and allow the machine tocool down before performing inspection andmaintenance.¡The engine, muffler, radiator, hydraulic

lines, sliding parts and many other partsof the machine are hot directly after theengine is stopped. Touching these partswill cause burns.

¡The engine coolant, oil and hydraulic fluidare also hot and under high pressure.Be careful when loosening caps andplugs. Working on the machine underthese conditions could result in burns orinjuries due to the hot oil spurting out.

Page 31: TB125 TB135 TB145

29

SAFETY

Maintenance Precautions

Be careful with hot coolingsystems

Do not remove the radiator cap or drain plugswhen the coolant is hot. Stop the engine, letthe engine and radiator cool and loosen theradiator cap or drain plugs slowly.

Be careful with fluids underpressure

Pressure can be maintained in the hydrauliccircuit long after the engine has been shutdown.¡Release all pressure before working on

the hydraulic system.

¡Hydraulic fluid under pressure canpenetrate the skin or eyes and causeinjury, blindness or death. Fluid escapingfrom a small hole can be almost invisible.Wear a safety goggles and heavy glovesand use a piece of cardboard or wood tosearch for suspected leaks.If fluid is injected into the skin, it must beremoved within a few hours by a doctorfamiliar with this type of injury.

Release all pressure beforeworking on the hydraulic system

Oil may spurt out if caps or filters are removedor pipes disconnected before releasing thepressure in the hydraulic system.¡Gradually loosen the vent plug to relieve

tank pressure.¡Move all the control levers and pedals

several times in all directions to releasethe pressure from the working equipmentcircuitry.(For TB125/TB135: When equipped withaccumulator)

¡When removing plugs or screws ordisconnecting hoses, stand to the side andloosen slowly to gradually release theinternal pressure before removing.

Be careful with grease underpressure

The track adjuster contains highlypressurized grease. If the tension is adjustedwithout following the prescribed procedure,the grease discharge valve may fly off,resulting in injury.¡Do not loosen the grease nipple.¡Loosen the grease discharge valve slowly.¡Do not put your face, arms, legs or body

in front of the grease discharge valve.¡ If no grease is expelled when grease

discharge valve is loosened, there is aproblem. Contact your nearest serviceoutlet for repairs. DO NOT disassemble,as this is very dangerous.

E3A6201

Page 32: TB125 TB135 TB145

30

SAFETY

Maintenance Precautions

Disconnect the battery

Disconnect the battery before working on theelectrical system or doing any welding.Remove the negative (–) battery cable first.When reconnecting the battery, connect thenegative (–) battery cable last.

Avoid battery hazards

¡Batteries contain sulfuric acid which willdamage eyes or skin on contact.• If acid contacts eyes, flush immediately

with clean water and get prompt medicalattention.

• If acid is accidentally swallowed, drinklarge quantities of water or milk and calla physician immediately.

• If acid contacts skin or clothing, washoff immediately with clean water.

¡Wear safety glasses and gloves whenworking with batteries.

¡Batteries generate flammable andexplosive gases. Keep arcs, sparks,flames and lighted tobacco away.

¡Use a flashlight to check battery electrolytelevel.

¡Stop the engine and shut off electricalequipment while inspecting or handling thebattery.

¡Do not short circuit the battery posts withmetal items.

¡Always unfasten the negative (–) batterycable first when disconnecting the batterycable. Always connect the negative (–)battery cable last when fastening thebattery cable.

¡Loose battery terminals may result insparks. Be sure to fasten terminals tightly.

¡Make sure the vent caps are tightenedsecurely.

¡Do not charge a battery or jump-start theengine if the battery is frozen. Warm to15°C (60°F) or the battery may explode.

¡Do not use the battery when the fluid levelis below the lower level. Doing so willhasten the deterioration of the internalportions of the battery and shorten thebattery life, and can also cause rupturing(or an explosion).

¡Do not fill the battery above the upperlevel. Doing so could cause the fluid toleak, contact and damage the skin, orcause parts to corrode.

Page 33: TB125 TB135 TB145

31

SAFETY

Maintenance Precautions

Have a Takeuchi service agentrepair welding cracks or otherdamage

Ask a Takeuchi service agent to repair anywelding problems which are detected. If notfeasible, make sure the welding is done by aqualified person in a properly equippedworkplace.

Checks after maintenance

¡Gradually raise the engine speed from alow idle to maximum speed and check thatno oil or water is leaking from servicedparts.

¡Move the controls and check that themachine is operating properly.

Disposing of wastes

¡Funnel spent fluids from the machine intocontainers. Disposing of fluids improperlydestroys the environment.

¡Follow the prescribed regulations whendisposing of oil, fuel, engine coolant,refrigerant, solvents, filters, batteries orother harmful substances.

Handling of the Accumulator

High pressure nitrogen gas is enclosed inthe accumulator and incorrect handling couldpossibly bring about serious personal injurydue to explosion. The following mattersshould be strictly observed:¡Do not disassemble.¡Do not bring close to fire or throw into a

fire.¡Do not make hole, weld, or fuse.¡Do not subject to shock such as hitting or

rolling.¡At time of disposal, it will be necessary to

release the enclosed gas. Please contacta Takeuchi sales or service outlet.

N0A0051

Page 34: TB125 TB135 TB145

32

SAFETY

Safety Signs (Decals)

The following safety signs (decals) have been placed on your machine in the areas indicated.They are intended for the personal safety of you, and those working with you. Please takethis manual, walk around your machine and note the content and location of these safetysigns. Review these signs and the operating instructions in this manual with your machineoperators.

¡Keep the signs legible. If they are not, obtain replacements from your Service outlet.

Page 35: TB125 TB135 TB145

33

SAFETY

Safety Signs (Decals)

1. No.03593-06500

2. No.03593-07400

3. No.03793-37300

4. No.03593-13700

5. No.05693-21980

10. No.03993-00500 Position of Hoisting

DO NOTenter into

swinging area

WARNING

CAUTION

03593-07400

STOP ENGINEBEFORE OPENING

WARNING

03793-37300

If the platform is raised or lowered while the engine is running, the machine may start moving.Be sure to stop the engine first.If you need to run the engine while the platform is raised, follow the instructions below.(Refer to the Instruction Manual.)

1. Place the machine on a stable, level surface, and stop the engine.2. Lock the operating lever.3. Tilt-up the platform.4. Insert the stopper to prevent platform from dropping.5. Make sure that all levers and pedals are in neutral positions.6. Push the throttle lever fully forward. (Low idling)7. Start the engine.

8. After inspection and maintenance is

compiete, stop the engine,

WARNINGThis machine,if improperly operated or maintained can cause bodily harm,or evenDEATH.Read and understand the owners manualsupplied with this machine before operating.Keep all safety devices in place and functional.Do not operate the machine unless the seatbelt is properly fastened around you.Follow the instructions in the Operator’s Manual when hoisting the machine or fastening it to the transport vehicle.

03593-13700

1 -

2 -

3 -

4 -

5 -

WARNING

05693-21980

Engine may be HOT

6. No.03593-47010

WARNING

03593-47010

THIS EXCAVATORMUST NOT BE USED

AS A CRANE

7. No.03593-47020

WARNING

03593-47020

WHEN BUCKETS WIDER THAN STANDARDARE FITTED TO THIS MACHINE,CAB(CANOPY)DAMAGE MAY OCCUR WHENFULL LEFT HAND BOOM OFFSET IS USED.

8. No.03393-75040

CAUTION

03393-75040

DO NOT USE ETHERUSAGE OF ETHER FOR STARTING PURPOSES MAY CAUSE INTERNAL ENGINE DAMAGE.

9. No.03393-75050

CAUTION

03393-75050

HYDRAULIC TANK MUST REMAIN PRESSURIZED TO AVOID DAMAGE TO PUMPS.

Page 36: TB125 TB135 TB145

34

SAFETY

Safety Signs (Decals)

13. Noise Outside the CabThis value indicates the noise leveloutside the machine and refers to thenoise perceived by the persons who arein the vicinity of the work area.

11. No.03593-06600Diesel Fuel

Diesel Fuel Only03593-06600

D

12. No.03593-06700Hydraulic oil

<TB125>No.03593-54028

<TB135>Seiral No.13516745 ~No.03793-37027

<TB145>Serial No. 14515346 ~No.03393-41031

Page 37: TB125 TB135 TB145

35

CONTROLS

Names of Components .............................. 36

Doors and Covers ...................................... 38

Seat and Seat Belt ...................................... 43

Instrument Panel ........................................ 45

Switches ..................................................... 47

Levers and Pedals ..................................... 49

Accessories ............................................... 51

Page 38: TB125 TB135 TB145

36

CONTROLS

Names of Components

1

2

3

4

5

98

76

10

19

13

12

18

16

17

15 14

2120

11

G4B001

Upperstructure1. Cab2. Seat3. Engine hood4. Fuel tank5. Hydraulic tank

Undercarriage 6. Crawler belt 7. Idler 8. Track roller 9. Carrier roller10. Travel motor

Working equipment11. Bucket12. Bucket cylinder13. Arm14. Arm cylinder15. Boom16. Boom cylinder17. Boom bracket18. Swing cylinder19. Auxiliary hydraulic lines20. Dozer blade21. Blade cylinder

Page 39: TB125 TB135 TB145

37

CONTROLS

Names of Components

10 15 14 14 1712 13

16

7 5

8

2

6

3

9

4

1

11

G4B002

1. Instrument panel2. Starter switch3. Light switch4. Horn switch5. Travel speed switch6. Wiper switch (Cab)7. Safety lock lever8. Safety lock lever (Canopy)9. Throttle lever

10. Left operating lever11. Right operating lever12. Pedal lock13. Boom swing pedal14. Travel lever15. Auxiliary hydraulic switches16. Blade lever17. Decel. switch

Page 40: TB125 TB135 TB145

38

CONTROLS

Doors and Covers

Starter Key

The starter key is used not only to start andstop the engine, but also to lock and unlockthe cab door, engine hood, fuel cap, manualstorage compartment and front cover.

Cab Door

WARNING

When mounting and dismounting thecab, first open the door fully to the lockedposition and check that it does not move.

Open the door fully and press it against thecatch at the back of the door to lock it in place.Always lock the door when mounting anddismounting and when operating themachine.

E4B003

C4C001

2 1

4

3

C4C002

Lock and unlock

1. Insert the starter key and turn it.

Opening1. Pull the knob (1) towards you and open

the door.To open the door from inside the cab, pushthe lever (2) to the front.

2. Open the door fully and press it againstthe cab to lock it in place.

Closing

1. Either push release lever (3) to the frontor lower release lever (4).

2. Close the released door.

Page 41: TB125 TB135 TB145

39

CONTROLS

Doors and Covers

Released

1

1 1

1

3

C4C003

11

2

3C4C004

Front Window (Cab)

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Grasp the handles firmly with bothhands when opening and closing thefront window. Your hands may getcaught if they slip.

¡¡¡¡¡ If you open the front window, be sureto lock it in place with the lock pins onthe left and right sides. The windowmay fall if it is not locked in place.

Opening

1. Park on a level surface and stop theengine.

2. Set the safety lock lever to the lockedposition.

3. Pull the left and right lock pins (1) to theinside then turn them to the locked positionto unlock the front window. If the lock pins(1) are partially sticking out they maycause damage.

4. Grasp the lower handle (2) with the lefthand, the upper handle (3) with the righthand, then lift and slide to the rear.

Locked

5. Once the window frame is against thestopper, move the lock pins (1) to theoutside to lock front window.

Closing

WARNING

When closing the front window, lower thewindow slowly so as not to hit your head.Lowering the window abruptly may resultin injury or damage the front window.

1. Pull the left and right lock pins (1) to theinside and turn them to the locked positionto unlock the front window. If the lock pins(1) are partially sticking out they maycause damage.

2. Grasp the front (lower) handle (2) with theleft hand, the rear (upper) handle (3) withthe right hand, then slowly lower the frontwindow.

3. Move the lock pins (1) to the outside tolock the front window.

Page 42: TB125 TB135 TB145

40

CONTROLS

Doors and Covers

Side Window (Cab)

1. Grasp the catch (7), unlock it and openthe side window.

2. To close the side window, close it until aclick is heard.

7

C4C007

Lower Front Window (Cab)

Removing

1. Open the front window and stow it in theceiling.

2. Grasp the protruding parts (4) on the leftand right with your fingers and slowly liftthe lower front window off.

3. Hold the glass firmly, place the lower frontwindow through the guides (5) at the rear,then set it on the supports (6) and fastenit in place.

C4C005

4 4

4

5

6 6

4

5

C4C006

Page 43: TB125 TB135 TB145

41

CONTROLS

Doors and Covers

Front Cover (Tool Box)

CAUTION

¡¡¡¡¡When opening the front cover, open itfirmly to the stopped position.

¡¡¡¡¡When opening and closing the frontcover, be careful not to get your handsor other parts of your body caught.

The grease gun and tools are stored underthe cover.

Opening1. Insert the starter key and turn it

counterclockwise to unlock the front cover(1).

2. Tilt the front cover (1) forward until it stops.

Closing1. Close the front cover (1).2. Insert the starter key and turn it clockwise

to lock the front cover (1).

Grease gun holder

G4B003

1

G4B021

Page 44: TB125 TB135 TB145

42

CONTROLS

C4B007

Doors and Covers

Fuel Filler Cap

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Do not smoke or permit open flameswhile fueling or near fuelingoperations.

¡¡¡¡¡Supply fuel in a well ventilated placeand with the engine stopped.

¡¡¡¡¡Clean up spilled fuel immediately.¡¡¡¡¡Do not fill the fuel tank to capacity.

Allow room for expansion.¡¡¡¡¡Tighten the fuel filler cap securely.

S:Closed O:Open

Opening1. Open the key cover, insert the key and

turn it counterclockwise to unlock the fuelcap.

2. Turn the fuel cap counterclockwise andremove it.

Closing1. Set the fuel cap in place and turn it

clockwise.2. Turn the key clockwise to lock the fuel cap,

then remove the key.

Engine Hood

WARNING

Before opening the engine hood, be sureto stop the engine. If your hands or toolsshould get caught in the fan or fan beltwhile the engine is running they may besevered.

Opening

1. Insert the starter key and turn itcounterclockwise to unlock the enginehood.

2. Lift the engine hood fully until it stops.

Closing1. Close the engine hood and press it down

until a click is heard at the front.2. Insert the starter key and turn it clockwise

to lock the engine hood.

G4B005

OS

Page 45: TB125 TB135 TB145

43

CONTROLS

Seat and Seat Belt

(B) Fore-and-aft adjustment1. Pull on lever (2) and slide the seat backward

or forward to bring it to the optimum positionfor operating the machine.

2. Release the lever (2) at the desiredposition and the seat will be locked there.Adjustment stroke: 15 steps,150 mm (5.9 in.)

(C) Weight adjustment1. Turn handle (3) until the indicator (4) will

show the operator’s weight.May be set to any value from 10 kg steps,50 to 130 kg (110 to 287 lbs.)

(D) Vertical adjustmentUpward1. Lift the seat to first or second position click-

stop.Downward1. First lift the seat to highest position, then

the seat can be lowered to lowest position.(E) Headrest adjustment (Option)The position of the headrest can be adjustedin the vertical and front/back directions.1. To adjust in the vertical direction, grasp

the headrest with both hands and move itupwards or downwards.

2. To adjust in the front/back direction, graspthe headrest with hands and move itforwards or backwards.

Seat

WARNING

Adjust, secure and latch the operator’sseat.

(A) Back angle adjustment

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Do not set the seat back to itsmaximum reclining position and slidethe seat backwards at the same time.Doing so may break the rear windowglass, resulting in injury.

¡¡¡¡¡Be careful not to allow the force of thespring to bring the seat back sharplyforward.

1. Raising your torso, sitting down firmly inthe seat.

2. Pulling lever (1) allows you to use thepressure of the springs in the seat pressingagainst your back to adjust the recliningangle of the seat back. Release the lever(1) at the desired angle and the seat backwill be locked in that position.

Page 46: TB125 TB135 TB145

44

CONTROLS

Seat and Seat Belt

Seat Belt

CAUTION

Always fasten the seat belt securelybefore starting the engine.

Fastening the seat belt1. Adjust the seat to the optimum position

for operating, raise your torso, and sit backfirmly into the seat.

2. Pull the seat belt to the desired length.

3. Make sure that the belt is not twisted andthen insert the tongue plate (A) into thebuckle (B) of the seat belt until you hear aclicking sound as it locks in place.

Releasing the seat belt

1. To remove the seat belt, simply press thebutton (C) located on the buckle.The seat belt is automatically stowedaway.

E4B023B

A

E4B024

C

Page 47: TB125 TB135 TB145

45

CONTROLS

Instrument Panel

G4B008

1

4

2

3

6

79

5

8

10

11

Warning Lamps

IMPORTANT: If a warning lamp flashesand an alarm is sounded, stop alloperations immediately and inspect andmaintain the appropriate part.

Refer to page 141 “Troubleshooting”.

1. Engine Emergency LampThis lamp flashes and analarm is sounded if theengine oil pressure drops orthe coolant temperature

rises abnormally while the engine is running.After approximately 5 seconds, the enginestops or low idling automatically.

2. Engine Oil Pressure Warning LampThis lamp flashes and analarm is sounded if thelubricant oil pressure dropsabnormally while the engine

is running.

3. Coolant Temperature Warning LampThis lamp flashes and analarm is sounded if theengine coolant temperaturerises abnormally while the

engine is running.

4. Battery Charge Warning LampThis lamp flashes and analarm is sounded if aproblem arises in thecharging system while the

engine is running.

5. Air Cleaner Warning LampThis lamp flashes and analarm is sounded if the aircleaner filter is clogged whilethe engine is running.

Indicators

6. Glow LampThis lamp turns off whenengine preheating iscompleted.

7. Travel Speed LampThis lamp lights when thetravel speed is set to 2nd(high speed).

8. Decel. LampThis lamp lights when decel.switch pressed, the enginespeed decreases.

G4B009

C4B031

C4B012

C4B030

G4B010

C4B013

C4B014

G4B011

Page 48: TB125 TB135 TB145

46

CONTROLS

Instrument Panel

Meters

9. Hour MeterThis displays the total enginerunning time in hours.The rightmost digit indicatestenths of hours (6 minutes).

Set the inspection and maintenance intervalsaccording to the time displayed on the hourmeter.

10. Water Temperature GaugeThis gauge indicates thetemperature of the enginecoolant water.The needle should be within

the green range during machine operation.The red range indicates overheating.

11. Fuel GaugeThis gauge indicates theamount of fuel in the tank.Be sure to top off the tankbefore running out of fuel.

G4B012

G4B013

G4B014

Page 49: TB125 TB135 TB145

47

CONTROLS

Switches

Starter Switch

IMPORTANT: Do not repeatedly switchthe key from OFF to ON and ON to OFFover a short period. Doing so will causeengine breakdown.PREHEAT ..... Position for preheating the

engine.OFF .............. Position for stopping the

engine and inserting orremoving the key.

ON ................ Position in which the engineis running. At this position, allthe electrical equipment isfunctional.

START .......... Position for starting theengine. When the key isreleased, the switchautomatically returns to theON position.

Horn Switch

Press the switch on the right operating leverto blow the horn.

Decel. Switch

WARNING

Set the operating and travel levers toneutral before operating the decel. switch.The machine’s operating speed willchange abruptly if the switch is operatedwhile the levers are engaged.

Press the switch on the right operating leverto lower the engine speed to low idling.Press the switch again to return to the enginespeed set with the throttle lever.Supplement: The one-touch decelerator isa device for lowering the engine speed andreducing fuel consumption when little engineoutput is required, for example when theoperating and travel levers are in neutral.

PREHEAT

START

ONOFF

E4B010

G4B015

G4B025

Page 50: TB125 TB135 TB145

48

CONTROLS

Switches

Press this switch to set the travel speed to2nd speed (high speed). Press again toreturn to 1st speed (low speed).

Light Switch

When this switch is turned while the starterswitch is at ON, the lights turn on as follows:O ...... Off I ....... Meter light, front light, tail lamps and

boom light turn on.

Wiper Switch (Cab)

IMPORTANT: If no washer fluid isdischarged, do not operate the washer.Doing so may damage the pump.IMPORTANT: Operating the wiper with nomoisture on the windshield will scratchthe glass. Apply water or washer fluidwhen operating the wiper.IMPORTANT: In cold seasons, the wiperblade may freeze to the glass. Operating thewiper forcibly may damage the wiper motor.

O ............ Off I ............. Wiper operates.PUSH ..... Washer fluid is squirted from the

nozzle while pressed, and stopswhen released.

Auxiliary Hydraulic Switches

Press those switches to control the flow ofthe oil in the auxiliary hydraulic circuit.(A) .... Hydraulic oil flows to left auxiliary line(B) .... Hydraulic oil flows to right auxiliary

lineProportional control of the auxiliary hydrauliccircuit is not possible.Proportional control: control of the output (flow)in proportion to the angle of the pedal or lever.

Travel Speed Switch

WARNING

< TB125: Serial No. 12514526 ~ >< TB135: Serial No. 13516745 ~ >< TB145: Serial No. 14515346 ~ >When a load greater than a set value is appliedduring 2nd speed (high speed) travel, thespeed will automatically slow down byswitching to 1st speed (low speed). Thereafter,when the load becomes lighter, the speed willincrease by returning to 2nd speed (highspeed). Exercise due caution since the travelspeed changes automatically.

B

A

G4B016

C4B019

OI

C4C013

OI

PUSH

Page 51: TB125 TB135 TB145

49

CONTROLS

Levers and Pedals

Safety Lock Lever

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Before leaving the operator’s seat,raise the safety lock lever to engagethe lock and stop the engine.If any controls should be touchedaccidentally when the safety lock leveris lowered, the machine will movesuddenly, and cause serious injury ordeath.

¡¡¡¡¡Note that the dozer blade and boomswing controls are not locked, evenwhen the safety lock lever is set to thelock position. Do not touch thesecontrols accidentally.

¡¡¡¡¡Be careful not to touch the operatinglevers when raising and lowering thesafety lock lever.

This device is for locking the hoe attachment,auxiliary hydraulics control, slewing andtraveling.When the lever is lifted, the lever standsprings up and the lever is locked.Cab types only have left safety lock lever.Canopy types¡Locking is possible by operating only one

side.¡To unlock, both sides must be operated.

C4B018

Operating Levers

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Be careful to check which pattern oflever control arrangement you areoperating with before beginningoperations.

¡¡¡¡¡The explanations in this manual are forthe ISO pattern.

Use these levers to operate the boom, arm,bucket and upperstructure (slew).

Refer to page 64 “Lever Pattern” .Refer to page 71 “Operating the WorkingEquipment”.

Throttle Lever

This controls the engine speed.(A) .... Low idling(B) .... Maximum speed

C4B021

A B

G4B017

Page 52: TB125 TB135 TB145

50

CONTROLS

Levers and Pedals

Pedal Lock

WARNING

When not using the pedal, set the pedallock to the locked position. Stepping ona pedal accidentally when it is not lockedmay lead to unexpected accidents.

This device is for locking the swing pedal.Set the pedal lock over the pedal to lock it.

Boom Swing Pedal

Use this pedal to operate the boom swing.(A) .... Boom swing right(B) .... Boom swing left

Refer to page 72 “Operating the BoomSwing”.

Blade Lever

Use this lever to operate the dozer blade.(A) .... Blade up(B) .... Blade down

Refer to page 72 “Operating the DozerBlade”.

Travel Levers

WARNING

Before operating the travel levers, checkto make sure that the dozer blade is tothe front of the operator’s seat. BEAWARE that when the dozer blade is tothe rear of the operator’s seat, the travellevers operate in the opposite directionto when the dozer blade is in the front.

Use these to move forward and backwardand to change directions.

Refer to page 68 “Operating the TravelLevers” .

C4B023

B A

G4B018

G4B019

G4B020

B A

Page 53: TB125 TB135 TB145

51

CONTROLS

Accessories

Ventilation/Circulation Switch

(C) .... Full ventilation(D) .... Internal circulation

Supplement: Use the heater with care inwarm seasons. Coolant circulates in theheater even when the heater switch is turnedoff.When the heater is no longer needed, stopcoolant circulation as follows:

IMPORTANT: Use the valve (1) either fullyopen or fully closed.Cooling water could leak when the valveis set at a halfway position.

1. Park on a flat surface and stop the engine.2. Open the engine hood.3. Turn the valve (1) clockwise until it stops

to close it.

Heater (Cab)

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Always be sure to allow sufficientventilation.

¡¡¡¡¡Do not place combustible or explosiveobjects near the air outlets.

Fan Switch

O ...... Off I ....... Heater fan rotates at low speed.II ....... Heater fan rotates at high speed.

Heater/Defroster Switch

Use this switch to heat the cab and to defrostthe windshield.(A) .... Heater(B) .... Windshield defroster

OI

II

C4C014

ABG4B022

D C

G4B023

1

G4B0241

Page 54: TB125 TB135 TB145

52

CONTROLS

Accessorieas

Auxiliary Hydraulic Lines

WARNING

Oil may spurt out if caps or filters areremoved or pipes disconnected beforereleasing the pressure in the hydraulicsystem.¡¡¡¡¡When disconnecting hoses, release the

internal pressure before removing.

These lines deliver the hydraulic oilnecessary for operating a hydraulic breaker,crusher or other attachments.

Stop valve .....S : Closed O : Open

Connecting the Hydraulic CircuitsTo connect the attachment hydraulic lines,use the following procedures:1. Release the pressure remaining in the

lines then close the stop valve.Refer to “Releasing the residual pressure”.

2. Remove the plugs.3. Connect the attachment hydraulic lines to

ports (a) and (b).When fitted with a hydraulic breaker,connect the return circuit to port (b) andthe supply circuit to port (a).

4. Open the stop valves.When fitted with a hydraulic breaker, openthe selector valve (1).Refer to page 53 “Selector valve”.

5. When connecting is complete, purge airfrom the hydraulic lines.

a. Start and run the engine at low idle withno load for 10 minutes.

b. With the engine running at low idleoperate the auxiliary hydraulic switchesrepeatedly (approx. 10 times) to purgeair from the hydraulic lines.

c. Stop the engine and wait for more than5 minutes until bubbles escape from thehydraulic oil in the tank.

IMPORTANT: Follow the procedures forpurging air as instructed by theattachment manufacturer if specified todo so.

6. Check for leaks.

Disconnecting the hydraulic circuits1. Release the pressure remaining in the

lines then close the stop valve.Refer to “Releasing the residual pressure”.

2. Disconnect the lines from ports (a) and(b).

3. Install the plugs.

Releasing the residual pressureAfter using the auxiliary hydraulic circuits,pressure remains in the circuits. This is calledthe residual pressure. Release this residualpressure before disconnecting the lines.

1. Start the engine and press the auxiliaryhydraulic switch (B).(The residual pressure is released fromthe (a) port line, and pressure is generatedin the (b) port.)

B

A

G4B016

G4D0031

ba

S O

Page 55: TB125 TB135 TB145

53

CONTROLS

2. Stop the engine and open the selectorvalve (1) on the machine body.(The residual pressure is released fromthe (b) port line.)

When equipped with accumulator (option):Refer to page 232 “Accumulator”.

Selector valve

O: Open ....... When using a hydraulicbreaker (1-way flow)

S: Closed ..... When using a reversibleattachment (2-way flow)

Change the direction of the hydraulic oil flowby opening or closing the selector valve onthe machine body.

Accessories

External Power Sockets (for EU)

IMPORTANT: Only use applicable electricproducts with these sockets.

for Beacon

Use these sockets as an external powersupply. When using these sockets, becareful not to exceed 12V/10A.To use, raise the cap (1).

1 - way

2 - way

1

1

O

S

G4D007E

C4C0281

1

1

N0C008

Page 56: TB125 TB135 TB145

54

CONTROLS

Accessories

Ashtray (Cab)

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Be sure to extinguish cigarettes andmatches completely before puttingthem in the ashtray, and always closethe ashtray afterwards.

¡¡¡¡¡Do not overfill the ashtray withcigarette butts or put in paper or othereasily burnable objects. Doing socould lead to fire.

Pull the ashtray out towards you to use it.To clean, press the ash discharge button (1)and pull out the ashtray.

Cigarette Lighter (Cab)

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Do not leave the cigarette lighter’sknob pressed in. Doing so heats up thelighter, and could be dangerous.

¡¡¡¡¡ If the knob does not pop out after 30seconds, it may be broken. Pull it outby hand.

¡¡¡¡¡Do not use other cigarette lighters, asthey may get stuck.

¡¡¡¡¡Only use applicable electric productswith this socket.

¡¡¡¡¡Do not touch metal parts of the lighter.Doing so could cause burns.

This is the cigarette lighter and internal powersupply socket.When using the wiper and this socketsimultaneously, be careful not to exceed 12V/10A.

1. Press the lighter in.2. Release the lighter and wait for it to pop

out. The lighter pops out automaticallywhen the heater becomes red.

3. Once the lighter pops out, pull it out.

C4C025

C4C026

1

Interior Light (Cab)

IMPORTANT: The battery capacity willdecrease if the interior light is left on forlong periods of time the engine stopped.Turn the lamp off when leaving themachine.

O ...... Off I ....... Lit

O

I

C4C024

Page 57: TB125 TB135 TB145

55

CONTROLS

Accessories

Radio (Cab Type)

Operating precautions¡To ensure safe operation of the machine, always be sure to keep the volume of the radio

down to a level where you can easily hear sounds from outside the machine.¡Do not keep the radio playing for long periods of time with the engine stopped. Doing so

will drain the battery of its charge and make it difficult or impossible to restart the engine.¡Be careful not to allow water or other liquids to come into contact with the radio. Doing so

may result in it being rendered inoperable.¡Be careful not to insert cassette tapes backward. Doing so may damage the cassette

player. Insert tapes with the head of the tape facing to the right.¡Always remove the cassette from the player when not in use.¡For the radio for EU refer to page 228.

Names of components

(1) Power switch / volume control knobTurn this knob clockwise. The “click” soundindicates that the power supply is turned on.Further turning increases the speakervolume. If a tape is loaded in the radio, ejectthe tape to switch to the radio.

(2) Balance control slide-knobSlide this knob to the “L” to enhance the leftspeaker volume and to the “R” to enhancethe right speaker volume.

(3) Tone control¡Bass control slide-knob

Slide this knob to the “+” to enhance thebass sound and to the “–” to attenuate thebass.

¡Treble control slide-knobSlide this knob to the “+” to enhance highfrequency sound and to the “–” toattenuate high frequency sound.

Page 58: TB125 TB135 TB145

56

CONTROLS

Accessories

(4) Program indicatorsIndicates tape direction. When s lamp is on.Upper side of a tape is playback, t indicatesplayback of lower side.

(5) Display

(A) Band(B) Time / Frequency(C) Memory channel(1–6)(D) Metal(E) FM Stereo(F) Loudness(G) Tape direction

(6) Eject buttonPush this button to eject the cassette tape.¡To change over to radio while listening to

a cassette tape, press the EJECT buttonto stop the tape and the system willautomatically change over to radio.

(7) Cassette doorInsert the cassette tape with the exposedmagnetic tape side facing to the right.¡Simply insert a tape to change over to the

cassette tape mode while listening to theradio.

(8) Fast-forward / rewind / programchangeover button

Fast-forward

Fast-rewind / Stop

To fast-forward the tape, push the buttonmatching the direction of program indicationand to rewind, push the other button. To stopfast-forwarding or rewinding, lightly press thebutton which is not locked to cancel theoperation. The system will then start playingthe tape again normally.

MTL LOUD STFM1FM2AM

L2C002

G

A C

D F

B

E GMTL LOUD ST

FM1FM2AM

L2C003

MTL LOUD STFM1FM2AM

L2C004

Page 59: TB125 TB135 TB145

57

CONTROLS

Accessories

(12) Band select switchPressing the “BAND” button changes overbetween FM1, FM2 and AM (MW) bands.The display indicates the receiving bandname and frequency.

(13) Metal switchPress the “MTL” (5) button before playing ametal or CrO2 tape.The “MTL” indication appears on the display.

(14) Preset switch keysOne station each in the FM1, FM2 andAM(MW) bands, respectively, can be presetfor each of these preset keys.When listening to a preset station, selecteither of the AM, FM1,FM2 bands using theband select switch, then simply press thenumber key corresponding to the presetselected station.The system can memorize 6 stations in AMband and 12 stations in FM bands (FM1: 6stations and FM2: 6 stations).

Manual MemoryUse manual tuning button or seek tuningbutton to choose a radio station if abroadcasting station is wanted to berecorded. For 2 seconds press 1–6 presetkey when the indication of frequency hasalready shown and the frequency isrecorded. Flash stops and channel startsfunctioning.

• If the main power supply is interrupted,such as when exchanging machinebattery, all presettings will be erased.Repeat the presetting procedure in suchcase.

To change the program, press the fast-forward and rewind buttons simultaneously.The direction of tape feed will reverse.

¡When the tape ends in one direction, thesystem automatically reverses the tapeand plays the other side.

¡To stop fast-forwarding or rewinding, lightlytouch the unlocked key. This frees thelocked key and normal playing resumes.

(9) Tuner switch (Manual tuning)Pressing the shaped TUNER buttonraises the receiving frequency. Pressing the

shaped TUNER button lowers thereceiving frequency similarly. Pressing eitherof these buttons continuously shifts thereceiving frequency continuously.

(10) SEEK switchPressing the “SEEK” button shifts thereceiving frequency in the higher frequencydirection before automatically stopping at aposition where a station is picked up.

(11) LOUD switchThis button is used to operate the system ata lower sound volume but with enhancedbass and treble sound. (“LOUD” indicationappears on the display.)

C4C022

Page 60: TB125 TB135 TB145

58

CONTROLS

Accessories

(15) DISP (Time/Frequency) buttonThis system is equipped with a clock whichcan show the accurate time. Even if the radiois off, the clock still shows the time.

(16) PS/AS switchPushing this button for 2 seconds down willautomatically operates to show thememorized station from 1 to 6. The signalscanning start by pushing this buttonmomentarily. When a station is received thescanning automatically stops there for 5seconds FLASHILY and then resumesscanning. As soon as the desired station isfound, press the this button again.

If you will auto memory push this buttonover 5 sec so initiates a scan of the band.Station frequencies are either stored inorder of low of frequency for FM, or insequence for AM, starting from presetchannel 1. If all of the preset channels havenot been filled up after one scan, theremaining preset channels are leftunchanged, and channel 1 is recalled.Channel 8 flashes during A.

¡¡¡¡¡Set the time

After pressing DISP button, press tunerbutton or to correct the time. Press tunerbutton to set the “hour” and tuner button

for setting the “minute”. Set the time whenthe time is shown.

C4C023

Page 61: TB125 TB135 TB145

59

OPERATION

Before Starting Operation ......................... 60

Starting and Stopping the Engine ............. 61

Machine Operation..................................... 64

Operating Procedures ............................... 74

Parking the Machine .................................. 82

Handling in Cold Weather .......................... 83

Handling Rubber Crawlers ........................ 84

Page 62: TB125 TB135 TB145

60

OPERATION

Before Starting Operation

Walk-Around Inspection

Perform the walk-around inspections beforestarting the engine the first time that day.Perform the inspections as described under“Maintenance - Walk-Around Inspection”(pages 101 and 102).

Daily Inspection

Perform the daily inspections once a daybefore starting the engine the first time thatday.Perform the inspections as described under“Maintenance - Daily Inspection” (pages103 to 107).

Mounting and Dismounting

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Do not jump on or off the machine.Never attempt to mount or dismount amoving machine.

¡¡¡¡¡When mounting and dismounting thecab, first open the door fully to thelocked position and check that it doesnot move. (For machines with cabs)

¡¡¡¡¡Always face the access system andmaintain a three point contact with therecommended handrails and stepswhile getting on and off the machine.Keep steps and platform clean.

¡¡¡¡¡Never use the safety lock lever orcontrol levers as hand holds.

C4D001

D5D011E

Page 63: TB125 TB135 TB145

61

OPERATION

Starting and Stopping the Engine

¡All the warning lamps flash and analarm is sounded for 2 seconds. Themeters also start functioning. After 2seconds, only the battery chargewarning lamp (4) and engine oilpressure warning lamp (2) flash, andthe other lamps turn off.

¡Turn the light switch to check that theboom light, front light, tail lamps andmeter light turn on.

¡Check the fuel level.

If a lamp does not light or the alarm is notsounded, the bulb may be burnt out or a wiremay be damaged. Contact a Takeuchi salesor service outlet for repairs.

Before Starting the Engine

1. Adjust the seat for a comfortable operatingposition.

2. Fasten the seat belt.

3. Check that the safety lock lever is in thelocked position.

4. Check that all the levers and pedals arein the neutral position.

5. Insert the key into the starter switch, turnit to the ON position, then perform thefollowing inspection:

C4B018

C4D006

PREHEATOFF

ON

START

E4D002

G4D001

4

2

Page 64: TB125 TB135 TB145

62

OPERATION

Starting and Stopping the Engine

Starting in Cold Weather

1. Pull the throttle lever to the middle position.

2. Turn the key to the PREHEAT position andhold it there while the glow lamp is lit (about15 seconds).

3. After the glow lamp turns off, then turn itto the START position and start the engine.

4. Once the engine starts, release the key.The key automatically returns to the ONposition.

5. Check that the warning lamps are off.6. Return the throttle lever and warm up the

engine.Refer to page 63 “Warming Up theEngine”.

Starting the Engine

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Clear the area of all persons.¡¡¡¡¡Sound horn to alert everyone around

the machine.

IMPORTANT: Do not run the starter motorfor more than 15 consecutive seconds. Ifthe engine fails to start, wait for 30seconds to protect the battery, and thentry again to start the engine.

Normal Starting

1. Pull the throttle lever to the middle position.

2. Turn the key to the START position andstart the engine.

3. Once the engine starts, release the key.The key automatically returns to the ONposition.

4. Check that the warning lamps are off.5. Return the throttle lever and warm up the

engine.Refer to page 63 “Warming Up theEngine”.

C4D003

PREHEAT

START

OFFON

E4D005

PREHEATOFF

ON

START

E4D060

C4D003

Page 65: TB125 TB135 TB145

63

OPERATION

Starting and Stopping the Engine

Stopping the Engine

IMPORTANT: Do not stop the enginesuddenly when operating with heavyloads or at maximum speed. Doing somay cause the engine to overheat orseize. Never bring the engine to a suddenstop except in the case of a trueemergency.

1. Idle the engine for about 5 minutes togradually let it cool.

2. Turn the key to the OFF position to stopthe engine.

Warming Up the Engine

IMPORTANT: Avoid racing the engineuntil it is warmed up.Do not warm up the engine for longperiods of time (20 minutes or more).

1. Return the throttle lever, then idle theengine and run it for about 5 minutes withno load. C4D005

PREHEATOFF

ON

START

E4D007

C4D0051

Page 66: TB125 TB135 TB145

64

OPERATION

Machine Operation

Left Crawler Forward

Left Crawler Reverse

Arm Out

Arm In

Upperstructure Slew Left

Upperstructure Slew Right

Boom Swing Left

Boom Swing Right

Right Crawler Forward

Right Crawler Reverse

Boom Lower

Boom Raise

Bucket Load

Bucket Dump

Dozer Blade Lower

Dozer Blade Raise

Lever Pattern (ISO Pattern)

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Be careful to check which pattern of lever control arrangement you are operatingwith before beginning operations.

¡¡¡¡¡The explanations in this manual are for the ISO pattern.

C4D006

⟨⟨⟨⟨⟨ISO⟩⟩⟩⟩⟩

Page 67: TB125 TB135 TB145

65

OPERATION

Machine Operation

Left Crawler Forward

Left Crawler Reverse

Boom Lower

Boom Raise

Upperstructure Slew Left

Upperstructure Slew Right

Boom Swing Left

Boom Swing Right

Right Crawler Forward

Right Crawler Reverse

Arm Out

Arm In

Bucket Load

Bucket Dump

Dozer Blade Lower

Dozer Blade Raise

Lever Pattern (JCB Pattern)

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Be careful to check which pattern of lever control arrangement you are operatingwith before beginning operations.

¡¡¡¡¡The explanations in this manual are for the ISO pattern.

C4D013

⟨⟨⟨⟨⟨JCB⟩⟩⟩⟩⟩

Page 68: TB125 TB135 TB145

66

OPERATION

2. Set the safety lock lever to the releasedposition and lift the bucket from theground.

3.Extend and retract each of the cylindersseveral times with no load.

4.Slew slowly left and right several times.

Machine Operation

Warming Up the Machine(Hydraulic Oil)

WARNING

Operating the working equipment withoutwarming up the machine (hydraulic oil)is dangerous, as response will be slowand the equipment may move inunexpected ways. Be sure to sufficientlywarm up the machine.

IMPORTANT: Do not operate the leverssuddenly when the hydraulic oiltemperature is below 20°C (68°F). Theproper hydraulic oil temperature duringoperation is 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F), butif operations must be performed at lowertemperatures, heat up the hydraulic oilto at least 20°C (68°F).

Normal Warm-up

1. Pull the throttle lever to the middle position,then run the engine at medium speed forabout 5 minutes with no load.

C4D003

C4D007

G4D005

Page 69: TB125 TB135 TB145

67

OPERATION

Machine Operation

Inspection After Warm-up

After warming up the engine and hydraulicoil, perform the checks and inspectionsdescribed below, and repair if there is aproblem.

1. Check that the warning lamps and metersare as follows:¡Are all the warning lamps off?¡ Is the water temperature gauge’s

needle within the green range?2. Check that there are no irregularities in

the exhaust color, sound and vibrations.

3. Set the safety lock lever to the lockedposition and check that the operating andtravel levers are locked.

E4D011

G4D002

C4B018

5.Travel slowly forward and backwardseveral times.

Warming Up in Cold Weather1.Perform the normal warm-up procedure.

2.Set the bucket cylinder at the stroke endand keep it there.Do not do this for more than 30 seconds.

3.Repeat step 2 until the bucket operatingspeed is normal.

Page 70: TB125 TB135 TB145

68

OPERATION

Machine Operation

Operating the Travel Levers

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Never allow anyone to enter the slew(swing) radius and machine path.

¡¡¡¡¡Signal your intention to move bysounding the horn.

¡¡¡¡¡There are blind spots to the rear of themachine.If necessary, swing the cab aroundbefore backing up to check that thearea is safe and clear.

¡¡¡¡¡Before operating the travel levers,check to make sure that the dozer bladeis to the front of the operator’s seat.BE AWARE that when the dozer bladeis to the rear of the operator’s seat, thetravel levers operate in the oppositedirection to when the dozer blade is inthe front.

¡¡¡¡¡Remove any obstacles in themachine’s path.

Traveling Forward and Backward

1. Pull the throttle lever and increase theengine speed.

Neutral Neutral

C4D004

C4D007

30~40cmE4D014

E4D015

2. Set the safety lock lever to the releasedposition.

3. Fold the hoe attachment and lower it to30 to 40 cm(12 to 16 in.) above the ground.

4. Lift the dozer blade.5. Operate the left and right travel levers as

described below.

When the dozer blade is in front of theoperator’s seat:aTo move forward:

Tilt the levers forward.eTo move backward:

Tilt the levers backward.

Page 71: TB125 TB135 TB145

69

OPERATION

Machine Operation

Neutral Neutral

Neutral

Neutral

E4D016

E4D018

E4D017When the dozer blade is behind theoperator’s seat:aTo move forward:

Tilt the levers backward.eTo move backward:

Tilt the levers forward.

Traveling in 2nd (High) Speed

WARNING

< TB125: Serial No. 12514526 ~ >< TB135: Serial No. 13516745 ~ >< TB145: Serial No. 14515346 ~ >When a load greater than a set value isapplied during 2nd speed (high speed)travel, the speed will automatically slowdown by switching to 1st speed (lowspeed). Thereafter, when the loadbecomes lighter, the speed will increaseby returning to 2nd speed (high speed).Exercise due caution since the travelspeed changes automatically.

Press the travel speed switch on the right travellever to switch to 2nd (high) speed, and pressit again to return to 1st speed (low speed).

Pivot Turn

Turning to the left when stopped:aTo turn forward to the left:

Tilt the right lever forward.eTo turn backward to the left:

Tilt the right lever backward.To turn to the right, operate the left lever inthe same way.

Turning to the left while traveling:aTo turn left while traveling forward:

Set the left lever to neutral.eTo turn left while traveling backward:

Set the left lever to neutral.To turn to the right while traveling, operatethe right lever in the same way.

Page 72: TB125 TB135 TB145

70

OPERATION

Machine Operation

Stopping Travel

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Park the machine on firm, level groundand apply the parking device. If youmust park on a slope or incline, blockthe machine securely to preventmovement.

¡¡¡¡¡ If any controls should be touchedaccidentally when the safety lock leveris lowered, the machine will movesuddenly, and cause serious injury ordeath.

¡¡¡¡¡Note that the dozer blade and boomswing controls are not locked, evenwhen the safety lock lever is set to thelock position. Do not touch thesecontrols accidentally.

CAUTION

Never bring the machine to a sudden stopexcept in the case of a true emergency.Stop as gently as possible.

1. Slowly set the left and right travel leversto the neutral position. The machine stops.

Spin Turn

aTo spin left:Tilt the left lever backward and the rightlever forward.

eTo spin right:Tilt the right lever backward and the leftlever forward.

E4D019

E4D020

Neutral

NeutralNeutral

Page 73: TB125 TB135 TB145

71

OPERATION

Machine Operation

Slewing

WARNING

Check the surrounding area for safetybefore slewing.

aTo slew left:Tilt the left operating lever to the left.

eTo slew right:Tilt the left operating lever to the right.

Operating the Boom

aTo lower the boom:Tilt the right operating lever forward.

eTo raise the boom:Tilt the right operating lever backward.

Operating the Working Equipment

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Be careful to check which pattern oflever control arrangement you areoperating with before beginningoperations.

¡¡¡¡¡The explanations in this manual are forthe ISO pattern.

Use the right operating lever to operate theboom and bucket.Use the left operating lever to operate thearm and for slewing.Return the operating levers to the neutralposition to stop the hoe attachments.

1. Set the safety lock lever to the releasedposition.

2. Set the pedal locks to the releasedposition.

C4D006

E4D021

E4D022

Page 74: TB125 TB135 TB145

72

OPERATION

Machine Operation

Operating the Boom Swing

aTo swing left:Press the left side of the pedal.

eTo swing right:Press the right side of the pedal.

Operating the Dozer Blade

aTo lower the dozer blade:Tilt the lever forward.

eTo raise the dozer blade:Tilt the lever backward.

Operating the Arm

aTo contract the arm:Tilt the left operating lever backward.

eTo extend the arm:Tilt the left operating lever forward.

Operating the Bucket

aTo dig:Tilt the right operating lever to theleft.

eTo dump:Tilt the right operating lever to the right.

E4D023

E4D024 E4D026

C4D008

Page 75: TB125 TB135 TB145

73

OPERATION

Machine Operation

Operating the Auxiliary Hydraulics

Use this to operate a breaker, crusher orother attachment.

O : Open S : ClosedWhen the switch (A) or (B) is pressed,hydraulic oil is delivered to the auxiliaryhose’s ports (a) or (b).aTo deliver hydraulic oil to port (a):

Press (A).eTo deliver hydraulic oil to port (b):

Press (B).Refer to page 52 “Auxiliary Hydraulic Lines”.

B

A

G4B016

G4D0031

ba

S O

Page 76: TB125 TB135 TB145

74

OPERATION

Operating Procedures

Be Gentle on the Hydraulic Cylinders

Do not extend the hydraulic cylinders to thestroke ends. Operate them with leeway.

Do not support the machine body with thehoe attachment as it is lowering with the armcylinder fully extended. Doing soconcentrates the load on the arm cylinderand could damage the arm cylinder.

Do not Drive Piles with the Bucket or Digwith it Using Shock Force

Doing so will shorten the service life of thehoe attachment. Use hydraulic force to dig.

Prohibited Operations

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Do not operate on base rock (hard orsoft).

¡¡¡¡¡Do not slew (swing) while traveling. Ifyou must operate the hoe attachmentwhile traveling, operate at speeds slowenough so you have complete controlat all times.

Do not perform breaking or levelingoperations using slew force

Do not break down walls or level groundusing slew force. Also, do not dig the bucketteeth into the ground during slewing. Doingso will damage the hoe attachment.

Do not Dig while Traveling

Do not dig the bucket into the ground anduse the traveling force to dig.

E4D029

E4D030

E4D031

E4D032

Page 77: TB125 TB135 TB145

75

OPERATION

Operating Procedures

Do not Perform Operations Using theMachine’s Dropping Force

Putting excessive strain on the machine willshorten its service life. Use the hydraulicforce of the cylinders and always dig withshallow, long strokes.

Digging Base Rock

For hard base rock, break the rock up intosmall pieces with a breaker, etc., beforedigging. This prevents damage to themachine and is thus more economical in theend.

Caution on Exposing the Dozer Blade toShocks

Hitting the dozer blade against rocks, etc.,could damage the dozer blade or the bladecylinder.

Caution on Folding the Hoe Attachment

Be careful not to hit the bucket or dozer bladewhen folding the hoe attachment.

Do not use the Dozer Blade as an Outrigger

E4D033

E4D034

E4D040

E4D041

N0D009

Page 78: TB125 TB135 TB145

76

OPERATION

Operating Procedures

Pay Attention to the Dozer Blade whenDigging

When digging deeply with the dozer bladepositioned at the front, be careful that theboom cylinder and bucket do not hit the dozerblade.Operate with the dozer blade at the rearwhenever possible.

Caution on Digging Down with the DozerBlade

This dozer blade is designed for simple earthpushing. Do not dig down deeply with thedozer blade. Doing so could damage thedozer blade and lower body.

Cautions on Operating

Cautions on Traveling

Traveling over obstacles (rocks, stumps, etc.)may subject the body to strong shocks andresult in damage. Avoid traveling overobstacles whenever possible. If you mustdo so, keep the hoe attachment near theground, travel at low speed, and go over theobstacle at the center of the crawler.

Cautions on Traveling in 2nd (High)Speed

On uneven ground, travel at low speed andavoid accelerating, stopping or changingdirections abruptly.Also, when traveling in 2nd speed, do so withthe dozer blade at the front.

E4D044

E4D037

E4A040

E4D0431

Page 79: TB125 TB135 TB145

77

OPERATION

Operating Procedures

Cautions on Use in Water

If you leave water at a sharp angle, the rearof the machine may be submerged, exposingthe radiator fan to water and damaging them.Do not let the rear of the machine getsubmerged.

¡Allowable water depthIn water, only use the machine up to adepth at which the water comes up to themiddle of the carrier roller (1).

¡When greasing places used under waterfor long periods of time, apply enoughgrease so that the old grease is expelled.

¡Never submerge the slew bearing or mainbody in water or sand. If the slew bearingor main body should get submerged,contact a Takeuchi sales or service outletfor inspection.

Cautions on Traveling on Slopes

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Never exceed the machine’s stabilitycapabilities (maximum gradeability -30°, lateral tipping angle - 15°). Alsonote that when actual working areaconditions are poor the machine’sstability capabilities may be lower.

¡¡¡¡¡When traveling on slopes or grades,lower the bucket to a height of 20 to 30cm (8 to 12 in.) off the ground. Inemergencies, lower the bucket to theground and stop the machine.

¡¡¡¡¡When traveling on slopes or grades,move slowly in first gear (low speed).

¡¡¡¡¡Do not travel down slopes in reverse.

¡¡¡¡¡Do not change directions or crossslopes sideways. First return to a flatsurface then redirect the machine.

¡¡¡¡¡On grass, dead leaves, wet metal orfrozen surfaces, the machine may slidesideways even on very gentle slopes.Make sure the machine never facessideways with respect to the slope.

E4D038

E4D039

1

Page 80: TB125 TB135 TB145

78

OPERATION

Operating Procedures

Braking when traveling down slopes

When traveling down slopes, the brakes areapplied automatically when the travel leversare returned to the neutral position.

If the crawlers slip

If the crawlers slip while traveling up a slope,use the pulling force of the arm to climb theslope.

If the engine stops

If the engine stops when traveling down aslope, set the travel levers to the neutralposition, stop the machine, then start theengine.

Traveling PostureTraveling up slopes

When traveling up slopes at an angle of 15°or greater, travel in the posture shown in thediagram above.

Traveling down slopes

When traveling down slopes at an angle of15° or greater, lower the engine speed andtravel in the posture shown in the diagramabove.

E4D046

Climbing

E4D045E

Braking

Descending

E4D047E

Page 81: TB125 TB135 TB145

79

OPERATION

Operating Procedures

Getting Out of Mud

If the machine gets stuck in mud, use theprocedure below to get it out.

If one crawler is stuck

1. Slew the bucket to the side which is stuck.2. Set the arm and boom to an angle of 90

to 110°.3. Press the bottom of the bucket (not the

teeth) against the ground.4. Place a plank, etc., under the lifted crawler.5. Lift the bucket and slowly move out of the

mud.

If both crawlers are stuck1. Perform steps 1 to 4 above for both

crawlers.2. Dig the bucket into the ground in front of

the machine.3. Pull with the arm and travel forward

simultaneously to slowly move out of themud.

Do not open the door while traveling onslopes

Opening the door while traveling on slopesis dangerous, as the force required to openand close the door changes abruptly. Alwayskeep the door closed when traveling onslopes.

E4D048

Page 82: TB125 TB135 TB145

80

OPERATION

Operating Procedures

Operations Possible with thisMachine

Excavating

1. Set the dozer blade on the side oppositethe side you want to dig on.

2. Use the arm and bucket and dig withshallow, long strokes. The digging forceis strongest when the boom and arm angleis 80 to 120°. Use this angle for effectivedigging.

Digging Ditches

Mount a bucket suited for digging ditches andset the crawlers parallel to the ditch to bedug for greater efficiency.When digging wide ditches, dig the sides first,the center later.

Digging Side Ditches

Use the boom swing function to dig sideditches as shown in the diagram.

Loading

When loading dirt in a truck, starting fromthe back of the truck’s bed makes for easierloading and increases the amount of dirt thatcan be loaded.Also, use a small slewing angle for greaterefficiency.

E4D051

C4D015

E4D0501

80 ~120

Page 83: TB125 TB135 TB145

81

OPERATION

Operating Procedures

Leveling

1. Bring the hoe attachment close to thebody.

2. Gradually remove the dirt from the side ofthe mound.

3. Once the mound is low, remove the dirtfrom the top. If the load on the body is tooheavy, adjust by raising or lowering thedozer blade.

E4D053

Page 84: TB125 TB135 TB145

82

OPERATION

Parking the Machine

Inspection and Checks AfterStopping the Engine

1. Check for oil and water leakage andinspect the working equipment, coversand lower body. If any irregularities arefound, repair.

2. Fill the fuel tank.Refer to page 105 “Inspecting the FuelLevel”.

3. Remove any paper scraps or dirt from theengine room.

4. Remove any mud from the lower body.

LockingBe sure to lock the following places:

¡Cab door¡Fuel cap¡Engine hood¡Manual storage compartment¡Front cover

Parking

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Park the machine on firm, level groundand apply the parking device.

¡¡¡¡¡Before leaving the operator’s seat, setthe safety lock lever securely to thelock position and stop the engine. If anycontrols should be touchedaccidentally when the safety lock leveris lowered, the machine will movesuddenly, and cause serious injury ordeath.

1. Set the left and right travel levers to theneutral position.

2. Push back the throttle lever and idle theengine at low speed.

3. Lower the bucket and dozer blade to theground.

4. Set the safety lock lever to the lockposition.

5. Stop the engine and remove the key.Refer to page 63 “Stopping the Engine”.

<TB125 / TB135>When equipped with accumulator (option):Refer to page 232 “Accumulator”.

E3A4901

Page 85: TB125 TB135 TB145

83

OPERATION

Handling in Cold Weather

Cautions after CompletingOperations

Heed the following in order to prevent dirt,water, or other objects stuck on the machineas well as the lower body from freezing:¡Remove any dirt or water from the body.

In particular, water droplets on thehydraulic cylinder rod surfaces couldfreeze, and if dirt enters into the sealsalong with this, the seals could break.

¡Park the machine on a dry, hard surface.If no appropriate place can be found, putboards down and park the machine onthem.

¡Drain any water from the fuel tank toprevent freezing.Refer to page 114 “Draining the FuelTank”.

¡To prevent decreased batteryperformance, place a cover over thebattery or remove it from the machine andstore it in a warm place.Also add battery fluid before starting thenext morning. If battery fluid is added aftercompleting operations, the distilled watermay not mix, resulting in freezing.

After Cold Weather is Over

Perform the following after cold weather isover:¡Change the fuel and the oils for the

different devices with those specified onthe Fuel and Lubricant Chart.Refer to page 94 “Fuel and LubricantChart”.

¡When using one-season type antifreezecoolant, completely drain the antifreezecoolant, carefully clean the inside of thecoolant system, then add tap water.Refer to page 120 “Cleaning the EngineCooling System”.

Preparing for Cold Weather

In cold weather, it may be difficult to start theengine and the coolant may freeze. Makethe preparations described below.

Changing the Fuel and LubricantChange the fuel, hydraulic oil and engine oilto types suited for cold conditions.Refer to page 94 “Fuel and Lubricant Chart”.

Engine Coolant

WARNING

The coolant is combustible. Keep flamesaway.

Use long-life coolant (antifreeze) and tapwater for the engine coolant.Supplement: New machines are deliveredwith JIS Type 2 long-life coolant (antifreeze)at a concentration of 50%.Refer to page 94 “Fuel and Lubricant Chart”.

BatteryAs the temperature drops, the batteryperformance decreases.Inspect the battery. If the charge is low,contact a Takeuchi sales or service outlet tohave the battery charged.Refer to page 113 “Inspecting the BatteryFluid Level and Replenishing”.

Page 86: TB125 TB135 TB145

84

OPERATION

Handling Rubber Crawlers

¡Do not let fuel, oil, salt or chemical solventsget on the crawlers. These substancesmay corrode the couplings of the crawlers’metal cores, resulting in rust or peeling. Ifthese substances should get on thecrawlers, wipe them off immediately usingwater.

¡Traveling on roads directly after asphaltingor on hot surfaces such as over fires oron iron sheets under strong sunlight mayresult in irregular wear or damage of thelugs.

¡Do not move earth in places where therubber crawlers may slip. Doing so mayspeed up lug wear.

Rubber crawlers have an inherent weaknessdue to their use of rubber. Be sure to heedthe prohibitions and cautions below so as toprevent damage to the crawlers and crawlerslippage.

Prohibited Actions

Do not travel or operate the machine in thefollowing places:

¡Traveling or slewing on broken stone,jagged base rock, iron rods, iron scrapsor the edges of iron sheets may damageor cut the crawlers.

¡Traveling on riverbeds or places with manysoft rocks may cause the crawlers to slipoff or be damaged due to rocks gettingstuck in them.

¡Do not use on the seashore. The salt maycorrode the metal cores.

E4D056

E4D055

E4D057

E4D058

Page 87: TB125 TB135 TB145

85

OPERATION

Handling Rubber Crawlers

Cautions

Heed the following cautions when operatingthe machine:

¡Do not turn the undercarriage with the frontof the machine body lifted using the hoeattachment and the upperstructure left inthis posture. Doing so will twist the crawlerwith the load concentrated on a singlepoint on the crawler belt, rapidly leadingto damage.

¡Avoid changing course abruptly andspinning on concrete surfaces wheneverpossible.Doing so may wear or damage the rubbercrawlers.

¡Avoid drops that may expose the rubbercrawlers to strong shocks.

¡Salt, potassium chloride, ammoniumsulfate, potassium sulfate, and triplesuperphosphate of lime can damage thecrawler belts. If any of these substancesshould get on the crawler belts, wash themoff thoroughly with water.

¡Do not let the sides of the rubber crawlersrub against concrete or walls.

¡Do not damage the rubber crawlers byhitting the bucket against them.

¡Be especially careful in the winter onsnowy or frozen surfaces as the crawlerbelts tend to slip.

¡Use rubber crawler belts at temperaturesbetween -25°C to +55°C (-14°F to 131°F).

L4D013

¡When storing the rubber crawlers for longperiods of time (3 months or more), do soindoors in a place not exposed to directsunlight or rain.

¡Rubber crawler belts are not as stable assteel crawler belts since the entire lug isrubber. Be very careful when slewing andswinging sideways.

Preventing the Rubber Crawlers fromSlipping OffHeed the following in order to prevent therubber crawlers from slipping off:¡Always keep the crawlers at the proper

tension.

¡When traveling up large cobblestone orrock steps (20 cm(8 in.) or greater), climbup the step at a direct angle and do notchange course on top of the step.

Page 88: TB125 TB135 TB145

86

OPERATION

Handling Rubber Crawlers

¡Do not change directions when the crawlerbelts are slack as shown in the diagram.

¡When climbing in reverse, do not changecourse at the point where the slope starts.

¡Avoid traveling with one crawler on a slopeor projecting object and the other crawleron a flat surface (with the machine at a tiltof 10° or greater). Travel with bothcrawlers on flat surfaces.

Page 89: TB125 TB135 TB145

87

TRANSPORT

Loading and Unloading ............................. 88

Securing the Machine ................................ 89

Cautions on Transporting.......................... 90

Page 90: TB125 TB135 TB145

88

TRANSPORT

Loading and Unloading

1. Apply the truck’s parking brake and placestoppers against its tires.

2. Fasten the ramps securely to the truck bedso that they will not come off. Set theramps to an angle of 15° or less.

3. Line up the center of the truck bed withthe center of the machine and the centerof the ramps with the center of thecrawlers.

4. Make sure the dozer blade does not hitthe ramps.

5. Lower the hoe attachment as much aspossible, making sure it will not hit thetruck.

6. Lower the engine speed with the throttlelever.

7. Determine the direction on the ramps, thenslowly travel up or down the ramps in 1stspeed (low speed), following the signalsof a flagman.

8. Load the machine properly at theprescribed position on the bed.Refer to page 89 “Transporting Posture”.

WARNING

The machine may roll or tip over or fallwhile loading or unloading it. Take thefollowing precautions:¡¡¡¡¡Select a firm, level surface and keep

sufficient distance from roadshoulders.

¡¡¡¡¡Use loading ramps of adequatestrength and size. Maintain the slopeof loading ramps within 15 degrees.

¡¡¡¡¡Keep the truck bed and loading rampsclean of oil, clay, ice, snow, and othermaterials which can become slippery.Clean the tracks.

¡¡¡¡¡Never change course on the ramp.¡¡¡¡¡Do not slew (swing) on ramps. The

machine may tip over.¡¡¡¡¡When slewing (swinging) on the truck

bed, do so slowly as the footing canbe unstable.

When loading or unloading the machine, besure to use ramps and following theprocedure below.

E4F001

Ramp

Fasten to the suspension fitting

Distance between ramps15° or less

Stopper

Page 91: TB125 TB135 TB145

89

TRANSPORT

Securing the Machine

After loading the machine in the designatedposition, secure it as described below.Transporting Posture

1. Lower the dozer blade.2. Fully extend the bucket and arm cylinders,

then lower the boom.3. Stop the engine and remove the starter

key.4. Set the safety lock lever securely to the

locked position.5. Set stoppers in front and behind the

crawlers.6. Put a chain or wire rope over the lower

frame and fasten it securely to preventsideways slippage.

7. Secure the bucket with a chain or wirerope.

IMPORTANT: Place a wooden blockunder the bucket so that it is not damagedby hitting the floor.

E4F002

Wire rope Padding

Page 92: TB125 TB135 TB145

90

TRANSPORT

Cautions on Transporting

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Know and follow the safety rules,vehicle code and traffic laws whentransporting the machine.

¡¡¡¡¡Consider the length, width, height andweight of the truck with the machineloaded on it when determining the bestroute.

Page 93: TB125 TB135 TB145

91

MAINTENANCE

General ....................................................... 92

Service Data ............................................... 94

Important Parts .......................................... 98

Maintenance Chart ..................................... 99

Walk-Around Inspection .......................... 101

Daily Inspection (Every 10 Hours) ........... 103

After First 50 Hours (New Machines Only) ............................ 108

Every 50 Hours ......................................... 111

Every 100 Hours ....................................... 115

After First 100 to 250 Hours (New Machines Only) ............................ 116

Every 250 Hours ....................................... 117

Every 500 Hours ....................................... 119

Every 1000 Hours ..................................... 120

Every 2000 Hours ..................................... 123

When Required ........................................ 125

Long-term Storage ................................... 134

Page 94: TB125 TB135 TB145

92

MAINTENANCE

General

Cautions on Maintenance

Do not perform inspection and maintenanceprocedures not prescribed in this manual.Have inspection and maintenanceprocedures not prescribed in this manualperformed by a Takeuchi sales or serviceoutlet.

Always keep the machine clean.¡Always keep the machine clean, and wash

it before performing inspection andmaintenance.

¡When washing the machine with water,stop the engine and cover the electricalsystem with plastic to protect it from water.Exposing the electrical system to water isdangerous and could result in short-circuits or malfunction. Do not wash thebattery, sensors, connectors or the insideof the cab with water or steam.

Fuel, lubricant and grease¡For fuels, lubricant and grease, follow the

instructions on the “Fuel and LubricantChart”.

¡Use pure fuels, lubricants and greaseswhich do not contain water, and be carefulto keep dirt out when changing orreplenishing fuel, lubricant or grease.

¡Store fuels, lubricants and greases in theprescribed places and in such a way thatno water or dirt can get in them.

Cautions on fueling¡ If the port includes a strainer, do not

remove the strainer when fueling.¡After fueling, be sure to securely tighten

the cap, etc.¡Do not add more than the prescribed

amount of fuel.

Maintenance Description

For long-term use of the machine under goodconditions, perform the inspection andmaintenance procedures properly and safelyas recommended in this manual.

The inspection and maintenance items aredivided according to the machine’s totaloperating time (inspection and maintenanceto be performed every 10 hours (walk-aroundand daily inspection), every 50 hours, every250 hours, etc.). Refer to the hour meter todetermine when it is time to performinspection and maintenance. Items for whichit is not possible to determine the inspectionand maintenance interval are included under“When Required”.

When operating the machine in extremelyharsh environments (with high dust levels orhigh temperatures), inspection andmaintenance should be performed earlierthan the times indicated on the MaintenanceChart.

Page 95: TB125 TB135 TB145

93

MAINTENANCE

General

Disposing of wastes¡Collect spent fluids from the machine in

containers. Disposing of wastesirresponsibly damages the environment.

¡Dispose of oil, fuel, cooling water, coolant,filters, batteries and other harmfulsubstances as prescribed by law.

Check after maintenance¡Gradually increase the engine speed from

a low idle to maximum speed and checkthat there is no oil or water leaking fromserviced parts.

¡Operate all the operating levers and checkthat the machine is operating properly.

Cautions on handling of battery cables¡Disconnect the battery cables (+,-) before

working on the electrical system or doingany welding.Remove the negative (-) battery cable first.When reconnecting the battery, connectthe negative (-) battery cable last.

¡Do not disconnect the battery cables whilethe engine is running. Doing so coulddamage the electronic circuitry of thealternator and other parts.

Do not clean parts with fuel.Do not use fuel to clean parts. Use a non-combustible cleaning agent.

Keep dirt out.When mounting and removing parts, do soin a place where there is no dust, clean theworking area and the part, and keep dirt out.

Clean mounting surfaces.When mounting and removing parts, be surethat the surfaces of contact of the parts areclean. If the sealing grooves of the surfaceof contact are damaged, consult a Takeuchisales or service outlet.

Seals and split pins¡Replace removed seals and split pins with

new ones.¡When mounting, be careful not to damage

or twist the seal.

Sealing tape

¡When wrapping sealing tape aroundplugs, etc., remove any old sealing tapefrom the threads and clean the threads.

¡Wrap the sealing tape tight, leaving 1 or 2threads at the tip free.

E4G001

Sealing tape

Leave 1 or 2 threads free

Page 96: TB125 TB135 TB145

94

MAINTENANCE

Service Data

Fuel and Lubricant Chart

Use different fuels, lubricants and greases according to the temperature, referring to the chart below.¡Change the lubricant earlier than as shown in the table if it is extremely dirty or its

performance has deteriorated severely.¡Whenever possible, use the same brand of lubricant as before. If changing with a different

brand, replace the entire quantity – do not mix different brands.

{ } : Serial No. 14515346 ~< >: for the tropics Serial No.14517254~

Part TypeType by temperature

-22 -4 14 32 50 68 86 104°F-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 °C

Replacementinterval

Capacity R(US. qt.)

Engineoil pan

Dieselengine oilAPI-CD

After first 50 hrs.Every 250 hrs.

Upper limit:TB125:3.6(3.8)TB135:4.7(5.0)TB145:7.4(7.8)

Lower limit:TB125:2.4(2.5)TB135:2.9(3.1)TB145:4.0(4.2)

System:TB125:74(78.2)TB135:85(89.8)TB145:115(121.5)

Tank:TB125:48(50.7)TB135:48(50.7)TB145:74(77.9)

Hydraulictank

Antiwearhydraulic oil(Option:Biodegrad-able oil)

Every 2000 hrs.

Use a clean, Quality fuel for good performance and optimum engine life.¡ To prevent fuel flow problems in cold weather, use diesel fuel with a pour point of at

least -12°C (10°F) below the lowest expected ambient temperature.¡ Minimum cetane number is 45. Low temperature or high altitude operation may

require the use of fuel with a higher cetane number.

Fuel tank Diesel fuel

Tank:TB125:51(53.6)TB135:51(53.6)TB145:73(76.6)

Enginecoolingsystem

Coolant(water +coolant)**

50% coolant mixture 30% coolant mixture Every 1000 hrs.

TB125:3.5(3.7)TB135:5.4(5.7)TB145:6.7(7.1){TB145:9.6(10.1)}<TB145:10.6(11.2)>

SAE 5W-20 SAE 10W-30 SAE 15W-40

Travelreductiongear

Gear oilAPI-GL-4

SAE 90After first 100 to250 hrs.*Every 1000 hrs.

SlewbearingWorkingequipment

Levers

LithiumbasedgreaseEP-2NLGI No. 2

Every 50 hrs.

Daily or every10 hrs.Whenrequired

Asrequired

TB125:0.5(0.53)TB135:0.6(0.63)TB145:0.8(0.85){TB145:1.0(1.06)}

ISO VG32 ISO VG46

ISO VG68

Page 97: TB125 TB135 TB145

95

MAINTENANCE

Service Data

Expendables

Replace expendables such as filters and elements periodically, referring to the table below.

Replace the hydraulic oil regularly!

Replacement Interval (Hours)

Item Hydraulic Oil Filter Element

1st time 25

2nd time 100

Periodically 600 200

When the breaker operating ratio is 100%Refer to page 216 “Hydraulic Breaker”.

* : If the percentage of the traveling time within the total operating time is high, replace thegear oil earlier than the specified time.

** : For water, use tap water (soft). Do not use well or river water.When the ambient temperature drops below 0°C, add coolant (antifreeze). Follow thecoolant manufacturer’s instructions to determine the mixture ratio.

When using a hydraulic breaker, the oildeteriorates quicker than during normaldigging. Be sure to replace the hydraulic oiland return filter element.¡Failure to replace these in time can lead

to damage to the machine and breaker’shydraulic systems. In order to improve theservice life of the hydraulic systems, besure to replace the hydraulic oil and returnfilter element according to the followingchart of the replacement interval.

¡Clean the suction strainer when changingthe return filter element.

Item Part name Part No. Replacement interval

Hydraulic oil returnfilter

Element After first 50 hrs.Every 500 hrs.

TB125 · TB135 15511-03300TB145 15511-02600

Fuel filter Every 500 hrs.Cartridge 119802-55800

After first 50 hrs.Every 250 hrs.

TB125 129150-35151TB135 · TB145 129150-35152

Engine oil filter Cartridge

Every 1000 hrs. or after6 cleanings (whichevercomes first)

Air cleaner Element(outer)

119808-12520

Every 1000 hrs. or after3 cleanings of the outerelement (whichevercomes first)

Inner Element(option)

19111-02772

for Air conditioner129904-12520

Page 98: TB125 TB135 TB145

96

MAINTENANCE

Service Data

Tools

1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

20 232221

13 Hammer 16903-00330 3/4

14 Hex. wrench 16906-00400 4mm

15 Hex. wrench 16906-00500 5mm

16 Hex. wrench 16906-00600 6mm

17 Hex. wrench 16906-00800 8mm

18 Hex. wrench 16906-01000 10mm

19 Hex. wrench 16906-01400 14mm

20 Grease gun

21 Tool case 16914-00001

22 Drain connector

23 Case 16919-00001

No. Part name Part No. Remarks Part nameNo. Part No. Remarks

1 Spanner 19100-47081 10-12

2 Spanner 19100-47082 14-17

3 Screwdriver 19100-06112 (+) (–)

4 Filter wrench 19100-65081

6 Monkey wrench 16904-00250 250mm

7 Spanner 16900-01922 19-22

8 Spanner 16900-02427 24-27

9 Spanner 16901-00013 13

10 Spanner 16901-00041 41

11 Spanner 16909-00026 26

12 Pliers 16905-00200 200mm

15545-12600 TB125 / TB13515545-12601 TB145

16910-60600 TB125 / TB13516910-60610 TB145

Page 99: TB125 TB135 TB145

97

MAINTENANCE

Service Data

Tightening Torques

Nuts and Bolts (for ISO strength category 10.9)Tighten nuts and bolts at the torques shown on the table below, unless otherwise specified inthe text.¡Tightening torques when mounting plastic covers differ from the values on the table below.

Consult a Takeuchi sales or service outlet. Tightening too strongly will break the cover.¡When replacing nuts and bolts, replace them with nuts and bolts of the same size and

standards.¡Tighten nuts and bolts alternately (top, bottom, left then right) or in 2 or 3 times so that they

are tightened uniformly.

ThreadHead width

(b)Size (a) X Pitch

Torque

General Connection Points

N·m ft-lb

Coarse

Fine

10 M6 X 1.0 9.8 ± 0.5 7.2 ± 0.4

12, 13 M8 X 1.25 22.6 ± 1.1 16.6 ± 0.8

14, 17 M10 X 1.5 47.1 ± 2.4 34.7 ± 1.7

17, 19 M12 X 1.75 83.4 ± 4.1 61.5 ± 3.0

19, 22 M14 X 2.0 134.4 ± 6.7 99.1 ± 4.9

22, 24 M16 X 2.0 207.9 ± 10.4 153.3 ± 7.7

27, 30 M20 X 2.5 410.9 ± 20.5 303.1 ± 15.1

12, 13 M8 X 1.0 24.5 ± 1.2 18.1 ± 0.9

14, 17 M10 X 1.25 50 ± 2.5 36.9 ± 1.8

17, 19 M12 X 1.5 87.3 ± 4.3 64.4 ± 3.2

19, 22 M14 X 1.5 135.3 ± 6.8 99.8 ± 5.0

22, 24 M16 X 1.5 220.6 ± 11 162.7 ± 8.1

27, 30 M20 X 1.5 452.1 ± 22.6 333.4 ± 16.6

E4G003

1

6

4

2

5

3

mm mm

Page 100: TB125 TB135 TB145

98

MAINTENANCE

Important Parts

For safe use, the machine must be serviced periodically. To increase safety, periodicallyreplace the parts listed in the following table of important parts.Serious injury or a fire could result if they deteriorate or are damaged.

Table of Important Parts

Above important parts are vulnerable to aging and wear or deterioration and it is difficult todetermine the degree to which they have deteriorated on the occasion of periodic service. Tomaintain their proper function at all times, therefore, replace them with new ones after usingthem for a specific period of time even if no abnormality is found with the parts. If you findabnormalities in these parts before their scheduled replacement time is reached, repair orreplace them immediately. If a hose clamp is deformed or cracked, replace it immediately.When replacing the important parts, please contact a Takeuchi sales or service outlet .

Also check the hydraulic hoses other than the above important parts. If any abnormality isfound in them, retighten them or replace them immediately.When replacing the hydraulic hoses, replace the O-rings and seals at the same time.

Check the fuel and hydraulic hoses according to the periodic schedule described below.Refer to “Maintenance”.

Type of inspection Inspection itemDaily inspection Leakages from joints, hydraulic or fuel hoses.Monthly inspection Leakages from joints, hydraulic or fuel hoses.

Damaged hydraulic or fuel hoses(cracks, wear and tear).Annual inspection Leakages from joints, hydraulic or fuel hoses.

Deteriorated, twisted, damaged hydraulic or fuel hoses (cracks, wearand tear) or hoses in contact with other parts of the machine.

Unit Important parts to be replaced periodically Replacement IntervalFuel hosesPacking in fuel filler capEngine oil filter hosesHeater hosesAir conditioner hosesHydraulic hoses ( Pump - delivery )Hydraulic hoses ( Pump - suction )Hydraulic hoses ( Slew motor )Hydraulic hoses ( Travel motor )Hydraulic hoses ( Boom cylinder lines )Hydraulic hoses ( Second boom cylinder lines )Hydraulic hoses ( Arm cylinder lines)Hydraulic hoses ( Bucket cylinder lines )Hydraulic hoses ( Swing cylinder )Hydraulic hoses ( Blade cylinder )Hydraulic hoses ( Tension cylinder )Hydraulic hoses ( Pilot valve )Hydraulic hoses ( Auxiliary lines )Seat belt

Workingequipment

Engine connection

Machinebody

Every 2 years

Every 3 years

Hydraulicsystem

Fuel system

Heater & AC systems

Page 101: TB125 TB135 TB145

99

MAINTENANCE

Maintenance Chart

* If the percentage of the traveling time within the total operating time is high, replace thegear oil earlier than the specified time.

Maintenance Items See page

Walk-Around Inspection

Inspecting by opening the engine hood and covers 101

Inspecting by walking around the machine 102

Inspecting while sitting in the operator’s seat 102

Daily Inspection (Every 10 Hours)

Inspecting and replenishing the coolant 103

Inspecting and replenishing the engine oil 104

Inspecting the water separator 104

Inspecting the fuel level 105

Inspecting the hydraulic oil level and replenishing 105

Lubricating the working equipment 107

After First 50 Hours (New Machines Only)

Replacing the hydraulic oil return filter 108

Replacing the engine oil and oil filter 109

Inspecting and adjusting the fan belt 110

Every 50 Hours

Inspecting and adjusting the crawler tension 111

Lubricating the slew bearing 112

Inspecting the battery fluid level and replenishing 113

Draining the fuel tank 114

Every 100 Hours

Cleaning the water separator 115

After First 100 to 250 Hours (New Machines Only)

Replacing the travel motor gear oil* 116

Page 102: TB125 TB135 TB145

100

MAINTENANCE

Maintenance Chart

Maintenance Items See page

Every 250 Hours

Replacing the engine oil and oil filter 117

Inspecting and adjusting the fan belt 117

Cleaning the air cleaner 117

Cleaning the radiator fins and oil cooler fins 118

Every 500 Hours

Replacing the hydraulic oil return filter 119

Replacing the fuel filter 119

Every 1000 Hours

Cleaning the engine cooling system 120

Replacing the air cleaner element 121

Replacing the travel motor gear oil 122

Inspecting and adjusting the engine valve clearance 122

Retightening the engine cylinder head bolts 122

Inspecting the engine fuel injection pressure and spray condition 122

Every 2000 Hours

Replacing the hydraulic oil and cleaning the suction strainer 123

Inspecting the engine fuel injection timing 124

Inspecting the engine fuel injection valve 124

When Required

Replacing the bucket teeth and the side cutters 125

Inspecting and replenishing the windshield washer fluid 127

Replacing the bucket 128

Lubricating the levers 129

Tilting Up the Platform 130

Inspecting the rubber crawlers 131

Replacing the rubber crawlers 132

Page 103: TB125 TB135 TB145

101

MAINTENANCE

Walk-Around Inspection

3. Check for oil leakage from the hydraulictank, hydraulic devices, hoses andconnections.

Perform the following inspections once every day before starting the engine the first time.

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Before operating, perform the walk-around inspections and make repairs immediatelyshould any irregularities be found.

¡¡¡¡¡Be sure to secure the engine hood or cover when opening it. Do not open the enginehood or cover on slopes or in strong wind.

Before starting the engine, look around the machine and lower body, clean any combustiblematerials off high temperature parts of the engine, and inspect for such irregularities as oilleakage, water leakage and looseness of nuts and bolts.

Inspecting by Openingthe Engine Hood and Covers

1. Check for any twigs, leaves, oil or othercombustible materials around the engineand battery.

2. Check for oil or engine coolant waterleakage around the engine.

1 2

15 11 13 14

12

8 4 5

6 7

10 9

3

4

G4G003

Page 104: TB125 TB135 TB145

102

MAINTENANCE

Walk-Around Inspection

Inspecting While Sitting in theOperator’s Seat

13. Check the windshield for dirt or damage.14. Check the seat and seat belt for dirt or

damage.Check the operator’s seat for dirt, oil orother combustible materials.

15. Check the monitor, instruments andswitches for dirt or damage.

Inspecting by Walking Aroundthe Machine

4. Check lights for dirt, damage and burntout bulbs.

5. Check attachments and hoses fordamage.

6. Check the bucket, bucket teeth and sidecutter for wear, damage and looseness.

7. Check the hook, slip stopper and hookmount of buckets with hooks for damage.(Option)

8. Check the handrail and step for damageand loose bolts.

9. Check the crawler, carrier roller, trackroller, idler and sprocket for damage, wearand loose bolts.

10. Check for oil leakage from the travelmotor.

11. Check the canopy, cab and guard fordamage and loose nuts and bolts.Check the rear view mirror and roommirror for dirt, damage, and angleadjustment.

12. Check the labels for dirt and damage.

Page 105: TB125 TB135 TB145

103

MAINTENANCE

Daily Inspection (Every 10 Hours)

Perform the following inspections once every day before starting the engine the first time.

WARNING

¡Before operating, perform the Daily inspections and make repairs immediately shouldany irregularities be found.

¡Be sure to secure the engine hood or cover when opening it. Do not open the enginehood or cover on slopes or in strong wind.

Replenishing1. Remove the reserve tank’s cap (2).2. Add coolant up to the upper limit (H) of

the reserve tank (1).If the reserve tank is empty, inspect forfluid leakage, then inspect the radiatorcoolant level. If it is low, add water to theradiator first, then to the reserve tank.

3. Install the cap (2).

Inspecting and Replenishingthe Coolant

WARNING

Do not remove the radiator cap or drainplugs when the coolant is hot. Stop theengine, let the engine and radiator cooland loosen the radiator cap or drain plugsslowly.

Inspection

1. Open the engine hood.2. Inspect the quantity of coolant in the

reserve tank (1).The level should be between the upperlimit (H) and lower limit (L).If it is below the lower limit (L), replenish.

1

H

2

L

G4G004

3

Page 106: TB125 TB135 TB145

104

MAINTENANCE

Daily Inspection (Every 10 Hours)

Inspecting the Water Separator

WARNING

Stop the engine and allow the machineto cool down before performinginspection and maintenance.

Inspection

S : Closed1. Open the front cover.2. Inspect the water separator (1).

If the red indicator ring (6) is sunk to thebottom of the case (4), no water is mixedin.If the red indicator ring (6) is floating, thereis water up to the bottom of the ring. Drainthe water and clean.

Draining1. Place a pan under the drain valve (7).2. Close the lever (2).3. Open the drain valve (7) and drain the

water.If the water does not drain easily, loosenthe plug (8).

4. Close the drain valve (7) and plug (8).5. Open the lever (2) and bleed the air.

Refer to page 139 “Bleeding the Air fromthe Fuel System”.

Inspecting and Replenishingthe Engine Oil

WARNING

Stop the engine and allow the machineto cool down before performinginspection and maintenance.

Inspection

1. Open the engine hood.2. Pull out the dipstick (1) and wipe off the

oil with a rag.3. Fully reinsert the dipstick (1), then pull it

back out.4. Check the oil on the dipstick (1).

The level should be between the upperlimit (H) and lower limit (L).If it is below the lower limit (L), replenish.

Replenishing1. Remove the oil supply cap (2).2. Add oil up to the upper limit (H) of the

dipstick (1).Problems could arise if the oil level is eithertoo low or too high.

3. Tighten the oil supply cap (2).4. Start the engine, run it at low idle for about

3 minutes, then stop it.5. After about 10 minutes, inspect the oil

level.

L4G019

L H 1 2

4 K3G002

ON

OFF

6

3

S

5

4

2 1

7

8

Page 107: TB125 TB135 TB145

105

MAINTENANCE

Daily Inspection (Every 10 Hours)

Inspecting the Fuel Level

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Do not smoke or permit open flameswhile fueling or near fuelingoperations.

¡¡¡¡¡Stop the engine in a well-ventilatedplace when adding fuel.

¡¡¡¡¡Clean up spilled fuel immediately.¡¡¡¡¡Do not fill the fuel tank to capacity.

Allow room for expansion.¡¡¡¡¡Tighten the fuel tank cap securely.

1. Check the fuel level using the sight gauge(1).

2. If the level is low, add fuel from the fuelport (2) while watching the sight gauge (1).Refer to page 42 “Fuel Filler Cap”.

Inspecting the Hydraulic Oil Leveland Replenishing

WARNING

Oil may spurt out if caps or filters areremoved or pipes disconnected beforereleasing the pressure in the hydraulicsystem.¡¡¡¡¡Gradually loosen the vent plug to

relieve tank pressure.

InspectionThe oil level changes according to the oiltemperature. Inspect the oil level in thehydraulic oil level inspection posture shownin the diagram.¡Hydraulic oil level inspection posture

1. Start the engine and run it at low speed.2. Fully retract the arm and bucket cylinders

and ground the bucket.3. Ground the dozer blade, then stop the

engine.4. Inspect the oil level using the sight gauge

(4).• When the oil temperature is about 20°C

(68°F):The level should be halfway between theupper limit (H) and lower limit (L).If it is below the lower limit (L), replenish.

• When the oil temperature is about 50 to80°C (122 to 176°F):The level should be near the upper limit(H).

G4G029

1

2

G4G008

H

L

4

Page 108: TB125 TB135 TB145

106

MAINTENANCE

Daily Inspection (Every 10 Hours)

Pressurizing the hydraulic tank1. Start the engine and run it at low speed.2. With the vent plug (1) removed, set the

safety lock lever to the released position.

¡Hydraulic tank pressurization posture

3. Fully extend the bucket, arm, boom andswing cylinders.

4. Stop the engine and set the safety locklever to the locked position.

5. Tighten the vent plug (1), then pressurize.

Replenishing

1. Slowly turn the vent plug (1) to releasethe internal pressure, then remove.

2. Add hydraulic oil up to the middle of thesight gauge (4).

3. Pressurize the hydraulic tank using theprocedure next.

1 23

4

7

6 58G4G009

G4G010

Page 109: TB125 TB135 TB145

107

MAINTENANCE

Daily Inspection (Every 10 Hours)

1. Set the machine to the lubrication posture shown in the diagram above, ground the workingequipment, then stop the engine.

2. Use the grease gun to lubricate the grease nipples.3. Wipe off the expelled grease.

Lubricating the Working Equipment

Page 110: TB125 TB135 TB145

108

MAINTENANCE

After First 50 Hours (New Machines Only)

1. Slowly turn the vent plug (1) to relieve tankpressure, then remove.

2. Loosen the bolts and remove the cover(2).

3. Remove the return filter (3).4. Install the new return filter.5. Install the cover (2).6. Inspect the level with the sight gauge (4),

and replenish if the level is low.Refer to page 105 “Inspecting theHydraulic Oil Level and Replenishing”.

7. Pressurize the hydraulic tank.Refer to page 106 “Pressurizing theHydraulic Tank”.

Replacing the Hydraulic OilReturn Filter

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Stop the engine and allow the machineto cool down before performingmaintenance.• The engine, hydraulic lines and many

other parts of the machine are hotdirectly after the engine is stopped.Touching these parts will causeburns.

• The hydraulic fluid is also hot andunder high pressure.Be careful when loosening caps andplugs. Working on the machine underthese conditions could result inburns or injuries due to the hot oilspurting out.

¡¡¡¡¡Oil may spurt out if caps or filters areremoved or pipes disconnected beforereleasing the pressure in the hydraulicsystem.• Gradually loosen the vent plug to

relieve tank pressure.• When removing plugs or screws or

disconnecting hoses, stand to theside and loosen slowly to graduallyrelease the internal pressure beforeremoving.

1 23

4

7

6 58G4G009

Page 111: TB125 TB135 TB145

109

MAINTENANCE

After First 50 Hours (New Machines Only)

4. Open the engine hood.5. Using a filter wrench, turn the filter (4)

counterclockwise and remove it.6. Clean the filter installation surface on the

filter stand.7. Apply a thin layer of oil to the packing of

the new filter.8. Install the new filter by hand.9. Tighten 3/4 more turn with the filter wrench

after the filter packing comes in contactwith the surface of installation.

10. Remove the oil supply cap (2).11. Supply oil up to the upper limit (H) of the

dipstick (1). Problems could arise if theoil level is either too low or too high.

12. Tighten the oil supply cap (2).13. Start the engine, run it at low idle for about

3 minutes, then stop it.14. After about 10 minutes, inspect the oil

level.

Replacing the Engine Oil andOil Filter

WARNING

Stop the engine and allow the machineto cool down before performingmaintenance.¡¡¡¡¡The engine, muffler, radiator and many

other parts of the machine are hotdirectly after the engine is stopped.Touching these parts will cause burns.

¡¡¡¡¡The engine oil is also hot.Be careful when loosening caps andplugs. Working on the machine underthese conditions could result in burns.

1. Place a pan for catching the spent oilunder the drain plug (3).

2. Remove cap (A), install connector (B) anddrain the oil. (The oil comes out when thescrew is tightened.)

3. Remove connector (B) and install cap (A).

IMPORTANT: Check the spent oil. If itcontains large amounts of metal powder,consult a Takeuchi sales or service outlet.

G4G012

3

B

A

L4G019

L H 1 2

4

Page 112: TB125 TB135 TB145

110

MAINTENANCE

After First 50 Hours (New Machines Only)

Adjustment

1. Tilt up the platform.Refer to page 130 “Tilting Up the Platform”

2. Loosen the adjusting bolt (5) and lockingnut (6).

3. Using a lever (7), move the alternator (8)and adjust the slack.

4. Tighten the adjusting bolt (5) and lockingnut (6).

Inspecting and Adjustingthe Fan Belt

WARNING

Stop the engine and allow the machineto cool down before performinginspection and maintenance.¡¡¡¡¡The engine, muffler, radiator, hydraulic

lines, sliding parts and many otherparts of the machine are hot directlyafter the engine is stopped. Touchingthese parts will cause burns.

Inspection1. Open the engine hood.

2. Press at the center of the fan pulley (2)and alternator pulley (3) and check thetension (about 98N or 22 lbs.).The slack (A) should be about 7 to 10 mm(0.28 to 0.4 in.).

3. Inspect the fan belt (4) and replace it if:• there are cuts or cracks.• the belt is worn and touches the bottom

of the V groove in the pulley.• the belt stretches and cannot be

adjusted.

Page 113: TB125 TB135 TB145

111

MAINTENANCE

Every 50 Hours

2. Use the operating devices to lift the body.Operate the levers slowly.

<TB125 • TB135>

<TB145>

3. Inspect the gap (A or B) between thebottom surface of the frame at the centerof the crawler frame and the top surfaceof the crawler.The gap (A or B) should be within thefollowing range:(A) Rubber crawler:

• TB125: 77 to 87 mm (3.0 to 3.4 in.)• TB135: 77 to 87 mm (3.0 to 3.4 in.)• TB145: 108 to 118 mm (4.3 to 4.7 in.)

(B) Steel crawler:• TB125: 144 to 154 mm (5.7 to 6.1 in.)• TB135: 144 to 154 mm (5.7 to 6.1 in.)• TB145: 172 to 192 mm (6.8 to 7.6 in.)

Inspecting and Adjustingthe Crawler Tension

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡ If you must work beneath the raisedmachine or equipment, always usewood blocks, jack-stands or other rigidand stable supports. Never get underthe machine or working equipment ifthey are not sufficiently supported.This procedure is especially importantwhen working on hydraulic cylinders.

¡¡¡¡¡The track adjuster contains highlypressurized grease. If the tension isadjusted without following theprescribed procedure, the greasedischarge valve may fly off, resultingin injury.• Do not loosen the grease nipple.• Loosen the grease discharge valve

slowly.• Do not put your face, arms, legs or

body in front of the grease dischargevalve.

• If no grease is expelled when greasedischarge valve is loosened, there isa problem. Contact your nearestservice outlet for repairs. DO NOTdisassemble, as this is verydangerous.

Inspection

1. For rubber crawlers, move the machineso that the “M” or “∞”mark at the couplingis at the top center of the crawler frame.

K3G001

A B

E4G0192

E4G0201

A B

A B

D5G0111

Page 114: TB125 TB135 TB145

112

MAINTENANCE

Every 50 Hours

Lubricating the Slew Bearing

WARNING

Do not slew while lubricating. Doing sois dangerous, as you may get caught inthe machine.

1. Stop the engine with the machine in theposture shown on the diagram above.

2. Use the grease gun to supply grease tothe grease nipple (1).

3. Start the engine, lift the bucket and slewclockwise 90°.

4. Ground the bucket and stop the engine.5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 above three times.6. Wipe off the grease expelled from the slew

bearing and grease nipple.

AdjustmentIncreasing the tension

1. Remove the cover (1).2. Using the grease gun, insert grease

through the grease nipple (3) in the greasedischarge valve (2).

3. Inspect the crawler tension.

Decreasing the tension

1. Remove the cover (1).2. Using the Spanner, slowly loosen the

grease discharge valve (2) and drain thegrease.If the grease does not drain easily, movethe machine forward or backward.

3. Tighten the grease discharge valve (2).¡Tightening torque: 177 N·m (130 ft.lb.)

G4G014

E4G026

TB125 135

TB145

G4G015

1

1

1 2

3

D5G025

D5G026

12

3

Page 115: TB125 TB135 TB145

113

MAINTENANCE

Every 50 Hours

Inspecting the Battery Fluid Leveland Replenishing

DANGER

¡¡¡¡¡Do not use the battery when the fluidlevel is below the lower level. Doing sowill hasten the deterioration of theinternal portions of the battery andshorten the battery life, and can alsocause rupturing (or an explosion).

¡¡¡¡¡Batteries generate flammable andexplosive gases. Keep arcs, sparks,flames and lighted tobacco away.

¡¡¡¡¡Use a dampened cloth to clean the areaof the fluid level lines and check thefluid level. Note that if this area iscleaned with a dry cloth, staticelectricity could cause ignition orexplosion.

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Do not fill the battery above the upperlevel. Doing so could cause the fluidto leak, contact and damage the skin,or cause parts to corrode.

¡¡¡¡¡Batteries contain sulfuric acid whichwill damage eyes or skin on contact.• If acid contacts eyes, flush

immediately with clean water and getprompt medical attention.

• If acid is accidentally swallowed,drink large quantities of water or milkand call a physician immediately.

• If acid contacts skin or clothing, washoff immediately with clean water.

InspectionIMPORTANT: Check the fluid level of allcells, even when the fluid level can bechecked by indicator.

1. Open the front cover.

2. Inspect the indicator (1).• Blue: Good• White: Charging needed• Red: Insufficient battery fluid

3. Inspect the fluid level.The fluid level should be between the linesindicating the upper level (H) and lowerlevel (L). If not, add distilled water up toline (H).

¡ If the fluid level can not be checked byfluid level lines.

Remove the caps (2) and look into the fluidsupply holes to check the fluid level. If thefluid is below the sleeve (3), be sure to adddistilled water up to the bottom edge of thesleeve (3).Proper amount .... (A)

The fluid reaches up to the bottom edgeof the sleeve (3), so the surface tensioncauses the fluid to swell and the plateappears distorted.

Level too low ....... (B)The fluid does not reach up to the bottomedge of the sleeve (3), so the plateappears laminar, not distorted.

4. Also check the terminals for looseness anddirt.

2

L

H

1

D5G023

Page 116: TB125 TB135 TB145

114

MAINTENANCE

Every 50 Hours

Draining the Fuel Tank

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Do not smoke or permit open flameswhile handling fuel or working on thefuel system.

¡¡¡¡¡Stop the engine in a well-ventilatedplace and allow it to cool down beforeperforming maintenance.

¡¡¡¡¡Clean up spilled fuel immediately.

Do this before operating the machine.

S : Closed O : Open1. Remove the fuel cap (2).2. Place a pan under the drain cock (3).3. Open the drain cock (3) and drain the

water and sediment from the bottom ofthe tank.

4. Close the drain cock (3).5. While watching the sight gauge (1), add

fuel.6. Tighten the fuel cap (2) and lock it with

the key.7. Bleed the air.

Refer to page 139 “Bleeding the Air fromthe Fuel System”.

Supplement: Air in the fuel system can makeit difficult to start the engine and cause engineproblems. Also bleed the air when the fueltank is emptied.

G4G017

3 2

1S

O

ReplenishingWhen adding distilled water, do so beforestarting operations in order to preventfreezing.1. Remove the caps (2), and add distilled

water until the upper level (H).2. Inspect the indicator (1) then it turns blue.3. Clean the cap’s exhaust hole, then tighten

the caps (2) securely.

Page 117: TB125 TB135 TB145

115

MAINTENANCE

Every 100 Hours

Cleaning the Water Separator

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Do not smoke or permit open flameswhile handling fuel or working on thefuel system.

¡¡¡¡¡Stop the engine in a well-ventilatedplace and allow it to cool down beforeperforming maintenance.

¡¡¡¡¡Clean up spilled fuel immediately.

S : Closed1. Open the front cover.2. Close the lever (2).3. Loosen the ring (3), then remove the case

(4), element (5) and indicator ring (6) andclean them.

4. Inspect the O-ring, and if there are anyscratches or other irregularities, replaceit.

5. Assemble the indicator ring (6), case (4)and element (5) and tighten the ring (3).

6. Open the lever (2) and bleed the air.Refer to page 139 “Bleeding the Air fromthe Fuel System”.

K3G002

ON

OFF

6

3

S

5

4

2 1

7

8

Page 118: TB125 TB135 TB145

116

MAINTENANCE

After First 100 to 250 Hours (New Machines Only)

Replacing the Travel Motor Gear Oil

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Stop the engine and allow the machineto cool down before performingmaintenance.• The travel motors are hot directly

after the engine is stopped. Touchingthem will cause burns.

• The gear oil is also hot and underhigh pressure.Be careful when loosening plugs.Working on the machine under theseconditions could result in burns orinjuries.

¡¡¡¡¡The pressure in the travel motorreduction gears case may cause oil orthe plug to fly out. Loosen the plugslowly to release the pressure.

IMPORTANT: If the percentage of thetraveling time within the total operatingtime is high, replace the gear oil earlierthan the specified time.

<TB125>

1. Set the travel motor so that plug (2) is atthe very bottom.

2. Place a pan for catching the spent oilunder plug (2).

3. Remove plugs (1) and (2) and drain theoil.

4. Wrap new sealing tape around the plugs.5. Tighten plug (2).

1

2E5G001

E4G035

DRAIN

LEVEL

3

2

1

6. Add oil through the hole for plug (1) untiloil flows out of the hole.

7. Tighten plug (1).

<TB135 · TB145>

1. Set the travel motor so that plug (1) is atthe very bottom.

2. Place a pan for catching the spent oilunder plug (1).

3. Remove plugs (1), (2) and (3) and drainthe oil.

4. Wrap new sealing tape around the plugs.5. Tighten plug (1).6. Add oil through of the hole in plug (3) until

oil flows out of the hole of plug (2).7. Tighten plugs (2) and (3).

Page 119: TB125 TB135 TB145

117

MAINTENANCE

Every 250 Hours

1. Open the engine hood.

2. Loosen the clamp (1) and remove the dustcup (2).

3. Clean the inside of the dust cup (2).4. Remove the element (3).5. Cover the intake hole at the back of the

body (4) with cloth or tape to prevent dirtfrom getting in.

6. Clean the inside of the body (4).

7. Clean the element (3) with driedcompressed air {294 to 490 kPa (43 to 71psi)}.First blow the air from the inside of theelement along the flutes, then blow the airfrom the outside, and finally from the insideagain.

Replacing the Engine Oil andOil Filter

Refer to page 109 “Replacing the Engine Oiland Oil Filter”.

Inspecting and Adjustingthe Fan Belt

Refer to page 110 “Inspecting and Adjustingthe Fan Belt”.

Cleaning the Air Cleaner

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Stop the engine and allow the machineto cool down before performingmaintenance.• The engine, muffler, radiator and

many other parts of the machine arehot directly after the engine isstopped. Touching these parts willcause burns.

¡¡¡¡¡Wear required appropriate equipmentsuch as safety glasses and filter maskwhen using compressed air, as metalfragments or other objects can fly andcause serious personal injury.

IMPORTANT: Be careful not to scratchthe element. Do not use an element if itis damaged.IMPORTANT: When operating themachine in very dusty places, inspectionand maintenance should be performedevery day.

Supplement: Do not remove and clean theinner element (option). Replace the innerelement every 1000 hrs. or after every 3cleaning of the outer element.(whichever comes first)

G4G019

123

4

E4G033

Page 120: TB125 TB135 TB145

118

MAINTENANCE

Every 250 Hours

8. Light up the inside of the element (3) witha bulb, inspect it, and replace it if thereare small holes or thin spots.

9. Remove the cloth or tape applied in step 5.

10. Install the element (3).11. Install the dust cup (2) with the “TOP”

mark at the top, then fasten it with theclamp (1).

Cleaning the Radiator Fins andOil Cooler Fins

WARNING

Wear required appropriate equipmentsuch as safety glasses and filter maskwhen using compressed air, as metalfragments or other objects can fly andcause serious personal injury.

IMPORTANT: Be careful not to damagethe radiator fins and oil cooler fins whencleaning them.¡¡¡¡¡When using compressed air or

pressurized water, make sure thepressure is no higher than 200kPa (28psi) and hold the nozzle sufficientlyaway from the fins.

IMPORTANT: When using water, coverthe electrical system to prevent waterfrom getting in.IMPORTANT: When operating themachine in very dusty places, inspectionand maintenance should be performedevery day.

1. Open the engine hood.2. Blow compressed air on the radiator fins

and oil cooler fins to remove mud and dirtstuck on them.

E4G034

G4G019

123

4

G4G020

Page 121: TB125 TB135 TB145

119

MAINTENANCE

K3G0031

Replacing the Hydraulic OilReturn Filter

Refer to page 108 “Replacing the HydraulicOil Return Filter”.

Replacing the Fuel Filter

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Do not smoke or permit open flameswhile handling fuel or working on thefuel system.

¡¡¡¡¡Stop the engine in a well-ventilatedplace and allow it to cool down beforeperforming maintenance.

¡¡¡¡¡Clean up spilled fuel immediately.

1. Open the engine hood.2. Using a filter wrench, turn the filter (1)

counterclockwise and remove it.3. Clean the filter installation surface on the

filter stand.4. Apply a thin layer of oil to the packing of

the new filter.5. Install the new filter by hand.6. Tighten 2/3 more turn with the filter wrench

after the filter packing comes in contactwith the surface of installation.

7. Bleed the air.Refer to page 139 “Bleeding the air fromthe fuel system”.

Every 500 Hours

Page 122: TB125 TB135 TB145

120

MAINTENANCE

Every 1000 Hours

1. Open the engine hood.

2. Gradually loosen the radiator cap (3) torelease the internal pressure, then removethe cap.

3. Place a pan to catch the spent coolantunder the drain plug (4), then loosen thedrain plug (4) and drain the coolant.

4. Tighten the drain plug (4).5. Add tap water through the radiator’s

coolant supply port up to the top of theport. Take your time doing this, adding thewater slowly to avoid any air from enteringthe radiator.

6. Close the radiator cap (3).7. Start the engine and run it at a speed

slightly above low idling. Raise the watertemperature to at least 90°C, then run theengine for about 10 minutes with thethermostat open.

8. Stop the engine, let the water’stemperature lower, then loosen the drainplug (4) and drain the water.

9. After draining the water, clean usingcleaning agent. Clean following theinstructions included with the cleaningagent you are using.

Cleaning the Engine CoolingSystem

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Stop the engine and allow the machineto cool down before performingmaintenance.• The engine, muffler, radiator and

many other parts of the machine arehot directly after the engine isstopped. Touching these parts willcause burns.

• The engine coolant is also hot andunder high pressure. Be carefulwhen loosening caps and plugs.Working on the machine under theseconditions could result in burns orinjuries due to the hot coolantspurting out.

¡¡¡¡¡ If maintenance must be performed withthe engine running, always work as atwo-person team with one personsitting in the operator’s seat while theother works on the machine.• When performing maintenance, be

sure to keep your body and clothingaway from moving parts.

¡¡¡¡¡Standing at the back of the machinewhile the engine is running is extremelydangerous, as the machine could movesuddenly. Never stand at the back ofthe machine while the engine isrunning.

¡¡¡¡¡Do not remove the radiator cap or drainplugs when the coolant is hot. Stop theengine, let the engine and radiator cooland loosen the radiator cap or drainplugs slowly.

When cleaning, if the temperature of thecoolant is low, the thermostat will be closedand the coolant will not circulate in theradiator. Heat the coolant water to at least90°C before cleaning.

1

H

2

L

G4G004

3

G4G023

4

Page 123: TB125 TB135 TB145

121

MAINTENANCE

Every 1000 Hours

10. Repeat steps 4 to 8 to rinse the coolingsystem.

11. Tighten the drain plug (4).12. Slowly add the new coolant (mixture of

antifreeze and tap water) through theradiator’s coolant supply port up to thetop of the port. Take your time doing this.

13. Close the radiator cap (3).14. Warm up the engine. Use the meters to

check that there are no irregularities inthe cooling system at this time.

15. Raise the water temperature to at least90°C, then run the engine as such forabout 10 minutes.

16. Stop the engine, let the water ’stemperature lower, then check the levelof coolant in the radiator, and replenishup to the top of the coolant supply port.

17. Close the radiator cap (3).18. Clean the interior of the reserve tank (1),

then add coolant to the upper limit (H).19. After replacing the coolant, inspect the

coolant level once again after operatingthe machine.The coolant permeates the entire systemduring operation, so the level decreases.Replenish by the amount the level hasdecreased.

Replacing the Air Cleaner Element

WARNING

Stop the engine and allow the machineto cool down before performingmaintenance.¡¡¡¡¡The engine, muffler, radiator and many

other parts of the machine are hotdirectly after the engine is stopped.Touching these parts will cause burns.

IMPORTANT: Do not use an element if itsflutes, gaskets or seals are damaged.

Supplement: Do not remove and clean theinner element (option). Replace the innerelement every 1000 hrs. or after every 3cleaning of the outer element.(whichever comes first)

1. Open the engine hood.

2. Loosen the clamp (1) and remove the dustcup (2).

3. Clean the inside of the dust cup (2).4. Remove the element (3).5. Cover the intake hole at the back of the

body (4) with cloth or tape to prevent dirtfrom getting in.

6. Clean the inside of the body (4).7. Remove the cloth or tape applied in step 5.8. Install the new element.9. Install the dust cup (2) with the “TOP” mark

at the top, then fasten it with the clamp (1).

G4G019

123

4

Page 124: TB125 TB135 TB145

122

MAINTENANCE

Every 1000 Hours

Inspecting and Adjusting theEngine Valve Clearance

This operation requires experience. Have itperformed by a Takeuchi sales or serviceoutlet.

Retightening the Engine CylinderHead Bolts

This operation requires experience. Have itperformed by a Takeuchi sales or serviceoutlet.

Inspecting the Engine FuelInjection Pressure and SprayCondition

This operation requires experience. Have itperformed by a Takeuchi sales or serviceoutlet.

Replacing the Travel Motor Gear Oil

Refer to page 116 “Replacing the TravelMotor Gear Oil”.

Page 125: TB125 TB135 TB145

123

MAINTENANCE

Every 2000 Hours

Replacing the Hydraulic Oil andCleaning the Suction Strainer

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Stop the engine and allow the machineto cool down before performingmaintenance.• The engine, hydraulic lines and many

other parts of the machine are hotdirectly after the engine is stopped.Touching these parts will causeburns.

• The hydraulic fluid is also hot andunder high pressure.Be careful when loosening caps andplugs. Working on the machine underthese conditions could result inburns or injuries due to the hot oilspurting out.

¡¡¡¡¡Oil may spurt out if caps or filters areremoved or pipes disconnected beforereleasing the pressure in the hydraulicsystem.• Gradually loosen the vent plug to

relieve tank pressure.• When removing plugs or screws or

disconnecting hoses, stand to theside and loosen slowly to graduallyrelease the internal pressure beforeremoving.

1. Slew 45° clockwise and set the machineto the hydraulic oil level inspection posture.Refer to page 105 “Inspecting theHydraulic Oil Level and Replenishing”.

2. Slowly turn the vent plug (1) to relieve tankpressure, then remove.

3. Loosen the bolts and remove the cover(2).

4. Remove the return filter (3).5. Place a pan for catching the spent oil

under the drain plug (5).6. Loosen the drain plug (5) and drain the

hydraulic oil.7. Loosen the hose clip and remove the hose

(8).8. Loosen the bolts, and remove the flange

(6).9. Remove the suction strainer (7) and clean

it.10. Clean the inside of the hydraulic tank.11. Install the new return filter and suction

strainer (7).12. Install the cover (2) and the flange (6).13. Install the hose (8) to the flange (6).14. Tighten the drain plug (5).15. Insert hydraulic oil through the hole in the

vent plug (1), adding hydraulic oil tobetween the upper limit (H) and lowerlimit (L) of the sight gauge (4).

16. Follow the procedure next page“Bleeding the air” to bleed the air fromthe hydraulic oil circuit.

17. Set the machine to the hydraulic oil levelinspection posture and inspect the levelonce the temperature of the oil hasdropped.Refer to page 105 “Inspecting theHydraulic Oil Level and Replenishing”.

18. Pressurize the hydraulic tank.Refer to page 106 “Pressurizing thehydraulic tank”.

1 23

4

7

6 58G4G009

Page 126: TB125 TB135 TB145

124

MAINTENANCE

Every 2000 Hours

Inspecting the Engine FuelInjection Timing

This operation requires experience. Have itperformed by a Takeuchi sales or serviceoutlet.

Inspecting the Engine FuelInjection Valve

This operation requires experience. Have itperformed by a Takeuchi sales or serviceoutlet.

Bleeding the air

IMPORTANT: After replacing thehydraulic oil, bleed the air from thehydraulic oil circuit and hydraulicdevices. Failure to do so may damagethe hydraulic devices.

1. Open the engine hood.2. Loosen the hydraulic oil pump’s air

bleeding plug (1).3. Once hydraulic oil overflows from the hole

in the air bleeding plug (1), tighten the plug.4. Start the engine and run it at low idle for

10 minutes.5. Set the engine to a low idle, then extend

and contract all the cylinders 4 or 5 times,without going to the stroke end.

6. Run the engine at high speed, then extendand contract all the cylinders 4 or 5 times,without going to the stroke end.

7. Set the engine back to a low idle, thenextend and contract all the cylinders 4 or5 times to the stroke ends.

Page 127: TB125 TB135 TB145

125

MAINTENANCE

When Required

Replacing the Bucket Teeth andthe Side Cutters

Replace the bucket teeth and the side cutterswhen the tooth points or the side cutters areworn, before the adapter or the bucket isdamaged.

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Before performing maintenance orrepairs under the machine, set allworking equipment against the groundor in the lowermost position.

¡¡¡¡¡To prevent unexpected movement,securely block the working elementswhen repairing or replacing the bucketteeth and the side cutters.

¡¡¡¡¡Wear required appropriate equipmentsuch as safety glasses when usinghammers, as metal fragments or otherobjects can fly and cause seriouspersonal injury.

¡¡¡¡¡Do not allow unauthorized personnelin the work area.

¡¡¡¡¡Bucket tooth18S ToothRefer to pages 220, 221 “Replacing theBucket Teeth and the Side Cutters”

V13SY or V17S ToothRemoval1. Clean the bucket and park the machine in

a flat, safe place where the ground is hard.

2. Set the bottom surface of the bucket flatand lower it on a block so that the lockingpin (1) can be knocked out.

3. Remove the key, then check that thebucket is stable.

4. Place a rod against the locking pin (1) andknock the locking pin out by hammeringagainst the rod.The rod should be round and thinner thanthe locking pin.

5. Remove the tooth point (2).Some tooth points (2) are of the type thatare removed by turning (twisting) themcounterclockwise.The same procedure can be used toremove the other tooth points.

OL1L200

2 1

OL1L210

Page 128: TB125 TB135 TB145

126

MAINTENANCE

When Required

Installation

1. Clean the adapter nose (3).If there is gravel or mud on the adapternose, the tooth point will not go in all theway and the pin cannot be driven in.

2. Put the tooth point (2) in the adapter nose(3).Push in firmly until the tooth point (2)touches the tip of the adapter nose (3).Some tooth points (2) are of the type thatare installed by turning (twisting) themclockwise.

3. Insert the locking pin (1), making sure it isin the right direction.

4. Drive in the locking pin (1) with a hammeruntil it is flush with the tip of the tooth point(2) ear.

5. The locking pin (1) is now driven in.The same procedure can be used to installthe other tooth points.

OL1L220

3

OL1L230

2

OL1L240

1

OL1L250

2

1

OL1L260

1

OL1L270

1

Page 129: TB125 TB135 TB145

127

MAINTENANCE

When Required

¡¡¡¡¡Side cutterInstallation

1. Insert the bolts from the inner of the bucketand tighten the nuts.Tightening torque: 241 N·m (178 ft-lb)

2. Caulk the bolts with a punch at three spotsalong the periphery of the screw to preventthe nuts from coming loose.

Inspecting and Replenishingthe Windshield Washer Fluid

Use a windshield washer fluid designedspecifically for motor vehicles. Follow theinstructions including with the washer fluid.

Inspection1. Open the engine hood.2. Inspect the washer tank (1) and add

washer fluid if the level is low.

Replenishment1. Mix the washer fluid to the prescribed

concentration.2. Remove the cap (2) and add washer fluid.3. Reinstall the cap (2).

G4G026

2

1

G4G030

Page 130: TB125 TB135 TB145

128

MAINTENANCE

When Required

Replacing the Bucket

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Before performing maintenance orrepairs under the machine, set allworking equipment against the groundor in the lowermost position.

¡¡¡¡¡ If maintenance must be performed withthe engine running, always work as atwo-person team with one personsitting in the operator’s seat while theother works on the machine.• When performing maintenance, be

sure to keep your body and clothingaway from moving parts.

¡¡¡¡¡Wear required appropriate equipmentsuch as safety glasses and filter maskwhen using hammers, as metalfragments or other objects can fly andcause serious personal injury.

¡¡¡¡¡When lining up the pin holes, alwaysdo so by sight. Your finger may be cutoff if you stick it into the hole.

Removal

1. Ground the bucket as shown on thediagram above in a stable position.

Supplement: When removing pins, set thebucket so that it is just gently against theground. If it is strongly against the ground,the resistance will be great and it will bedifficult to remove the pin.

2. Set the safety lock lever to the lockedposition and stop the engine.

3. Remove the bolt (1).4. Hammer pin (2) out of the bucket.5. Remove the bucket.

Inspect the pin seal (3) and replace it if itis deformed or damaged. (See nextpage.)

Installation

1. Set the bucket’s O-ring (4) as shown onthe diagram.

2. Line up pin hole (A) in the bucket with thepin hole in the arm (5), and install the pin(2).

E4G048

E4G052

5

4 3 12

E4G053

4

E4G054

6

BA

5

Page 131: TB125 TB135 TB145

129

MAINTENANCE

When Required

3. Operate the cylinder, line up pin hole (B)in the bucket with the pin hole in the linkarm (6), and install the pin (2).

4. Line up the turn prevention holes, installthe bolt (1), and the nuts.Be sure to leave a gap of about 0.5 ~ 1 mm(0.02 ~ 0.04 in.) between the nut andbucket bush, or the nut will come loose.

5. Slide the O-ring (4).

Replacing the pin seal

1. Set the pin seal (3) in the direction shownon the diagram above.

2. Use a mallet to slowly press the pin sealin. Be careful not to damage the seal.

Lubricating the Levers

WARNING

Set the machine to the parking posture,stop the engine, remove the starter keyand store it. Failure to do so may resultin the machine moving abruptly, leadingto serious injury or death.

If the levers or pedals no longer movesmoothly, supply grease.

Operating levers

1. Remove the lower mount section of theboot (1) and turn it upwards.

2. Wipe off the old grease.3. Supply grease to points (A) and (B).4. Set the boot (1) back as it was.

E4G0550.5~1mm

1

E4G056

4

E4G0573

E4G058

1A

B

(0.02~0.04 in.)

Page 132: TB125 TB135 TB145

130

MAINTENANCE

When Required

Travel levers, blade lever and pedals

1. Remove the floor mat (1).2. Remove the lower mount section of the

boot (2) and roll it up.3. Loosen the bolts and remove cover (3).4. Use the grease gun to supply grease to

the grease nipples (4).5. Wipe off the expelled grease.6. Reinstall the cover and floor mat, following

the removal procedure in reverse order.7. Tilt up the platform.

Refer to “Tilting Up the Platform”.

8. Use the grease gun to supply grease tothe grease nipples (5).

9. Wipe off the expelled grease.

Tilting Up the Platform

For inspection and maintenance, the platformis designed so that it can be tilted up.

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Raising or lowering the platform whilethe engine is running may cause themachine to move, and cause seriousinjury or death. Stop the engine beforeraising or lowering the platform.

¡¡¡¡¡When the platform is tilted up, supportit firmly with the stopper to prevent itfrom falling.

IMPORTANT: Lower the workingequipment to the ground before raisingthe platform. If not avoided, could resultin the boom from touching the cab.

Raising (Tilt up)

1. Select a firm, level surface, set themachine to the posture shown in thediagram above, ground the workingequipment, then stop the engine.

2. Raise the safety lock lever(s) to engagethe lock.

Close the cab door (cab).

G4G024

1

4 3 2 4 5

G4G025

1 4 2 4 3

5

5

Page 133: TB125 TB135 TB145

131

MAINTENANCE

When Required

Lowering1. Insert a finger into the round hole in

stopper (D), remove, and set back to theoriginal position.

2. Lower the platform and push it until a clickis heard to engage the latch.

3. Tighten the lock bolt (A).¡Tightening torque: 106 N·m (78.1 ft-lb.)

Inspecting the Rubber Crawlers

Repair or replace the rubber crawlers if theirconditions are as described below. Consulta Takeuchi sales or service outlet aboutrepairs or replacement.

Rubber crawlerReplace the crawler if the entire crawler isstretched and cannot be adjusted.

(1) Lug

Replace if the height of (A) is 5 mm (0.2 in.)or below.

E4G062

3

21A

4

B

A

D

G4G0161

D

C

K3G004

3. Remove the lock bolt (A).4. Insert a rod into hole (B) and release the

latch.5. With the rod still in the hole, slowly raise

the platform. (Tilt up : 30°)

6. Lift stopper (D) and insert it into theplatform’s holder (C) to fasten it in place.

If you need to run the engine while theplatform is raised follow these steps.7. Make sure that all levers and pedal are in

neutral positions.8. Push the throttle lever to the low idling

position.9. Start the engine.10. Be sure to stop the engine after

inspection and maintenance.

Page 134: TB125 TB135 TB145

132

MAINTENANCE

When Required

(3) Metal core

Replace if even one metal core is off.

(4) Rubber

Repair if there are cracks of 60 mm (2.4 in.)or greater in length.If the steel cord is visible, repair as soon aspossible, regardless of the length of thecrack.

Replacing the Rubber Crawlers

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡ If you must work beneath the raisedmachine or equipment, always usewood blocks, jack-stands or other rigidand stable supports. Never get underthe machine or working equipment ifthey are not sufficiently supported.This procedure is especially importantwhen working on hydraulic cylinders.

¡¡¡¡¡ If maintenance must be performed withthe engine running, always work as atwo-person team with one personsitting in the operator’s seat while theother works on the machine.• When performing maintenance, be

sure to keep your body and clothingaway from moving parts.

Removal1. Fully release the tension of the rubber

crawler.Refer to page 111 “Inspecting andAdjusting the Crawler Tension”.

2. Use the working equipment to lift the body.

E4G0643

E4G065

E4G070

60 mm or greater

(2) Steel cord

Replace if the steel cord is exposed over 2or more links.Replace if half or more of the steel cords onone side are cut.

E4G0632

Page 135: TB125 TB135 TB145

133

MAINTENANCE

When Required

6. Check that the rubber crawler is securelyengaged on the sprocket and idler.

7. Tighten the rubber crawler to the standardtension.Refer to page 111 “Inspecting andAdjusting the Crawler Tension”.

8. Install the other rubber crawler using thesame procedure.

3. Set an iron pipe (1) in the rubber crawlerand turn the sprocket slowly in the reversedirection.

4. Turn until the iron pipe (1) is directly nextto the idler and the rubber crawler liftsaway from the idler, then stop turning thesprocket.

5. Slide the rubber crawler sideways andremove it from the crawler frame.Remove the other rubber crawler usingthe same procedure.

Installation1. Use the working equipment to lift the body.

2. Set the rubber crawler on the sprocket.3. Set an iron pipe (1) in the rubber crawler

and turn the sprocket slowly in the reversedirection.

4. Turn until the iron pipe (1) is directly nextto the idler and the rubber crawler liftsaway from the idler, then stop turning thesprocket.

5. Slide the rubber crawler inward, engageit on the idler, then pull out the iron pipe.

E4G0671

E4G0681

Direction of rotation

Direction of rotation

Page 136: TB125 TB135 TB145

134

MAINTENANCE

Long-term Storage

During storage

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Do not operate the engine in anenclosed area without adequateventilation.

¡¡¡¡¡ If natural ventilation is poor, installventilators, fans, exhaust extensionpipes or other artificial venting devices.

1. To prevent rusting, operate the machineonce a month so that the oil is fullycirculated.

2. Inspect the battery and recharge it ifnecessary.Have the battery charged by a Takeuchisales or service outlet.

Starting the machine after storage

IMPORTANT: If the “Procedures forstorage” have not been performed andthe machine has been stored for a longperiod of time, consult a Takeuchi salesor service outlet before reusing themachine.

1. Wipe off the rust-prevention oil that wasapplied to the hydraulic oil cylinders’ pistonrods.

2. Add fuel, oil and grease to all parts.

Procedures for storageIf the machine is to be stored for 30 days ormore, store it indoors. If it must be storedoutdoors, stop it on wood laid out on a flatsurface and place a waterproof cover over itso that it stays dry.1. Clean the machine.2. Inspect for oil leakage, water leakage and

loose nuts and bolts.3. Add fuel and replace the hydraulic oil and

oil.4. To prevent rusting and freezing, replace

the engine coolant with long-life coolant(LLC).Refer to page 120 “Cleaning the EngineCooling System”.

5. Use the grease gun to supply grease tothe grease nipples.

6. Fully contract the bucket and arm cylindersand ground the bucket and dozer blade.

7. Apply rust-prevention oil to the hydrauliccylinder rods.

8. Disconnect the cable from the battery’s“–” terminal and cover the battery toprevent freezing.

Page 137: TB125 TB135 TB145

135

TROUBLESHOOTING

Symptoms that are not Malfunctions ...... 136

If the Engine Overheats ........................... 137

If the Battery Goes Dead.......................... 138

After the Fuel Runs Out ........................... 139

If a Fuse Blows ......................................... 140

If a Warning Lamp Flashes ...................... 141

Other Symptoms ...................................... 142

To Lower the Boom .................................. 144

Towing ...................................................... 145

Page 138: TB125 TB135 TB145

136

TROUBLESHOOTING

The following symptoms are notmalfunctions:

¡When the arm reaches the vertical positionwhile contracting it while the engine isrunning at low speed, the contractingspeed slows down momentarily.

¡When the bucket teeth reach thehorizontal position while the engine isrunning at low speed, the speed of bucketmovement slows down momentarily.

¡The slew motor produces noise at thebeginning and end of the slewingoperation.

¡The travel motor produces noise whenstopped suddenly during high speedtravel.

¡The control valve produces noise ifexcessive force is applied to the workingequipment and when the stroke end isreached.

E4J001

E4J002

Symptoms that are not Malfunctions

¡Performance decreases when anattachment weighing more than astandard arm or bucket is mounted.

Page 139: TB125 TB135 TB145

137

TROUBLESHOOTING

3. If there is steam, stop the engineimmediately and contact a Takeuchi salesor service outlet for repairs.If there is no steam, run the engine at lowidle and let the water temperaturedecrease.

4. Once the water temperature gauge dropsto the green zone, stop the engine.

5. Once the engine is cool, perform thefollowing inspections and procedures:• Fan belt slack .......................... Adjust.

Refer to page 110.• Coolant level ............................... Add.

Refer to page 103.• Water leakage ......................... Repair.• Radiator fins ............................. Clean.

Refer to page 118.• Sediment in cooling system ...... Clean.

Refer to page 120.If the problem persists after the aboveprocedures are taken, contact a Takeuchisales or service outlet for repairs.

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Do not open the engine hood whenthere is steam coming from the engineroom. The steam or hot water mayspurt out, resulting in burns.

¡¡¡¡¡Do not remove the radiator cap or drainplugs when the coolant is hot. Stop theengine, let the engine and radiator cooland loosen the radiator cap or drainplugs slowly.

¡¡¡¡¡Stop the engine and allow the machineto cool down before performinginspection and maintenance.

The following symptoms indicateoverheating:

¡An alarm is sounded and the coolanttemperature warning lamp, engineemergency lamp flashes.

¡The water temperature gauge is in the redzone.

¡The engine slows down and the forcedecreases.

¡Steam comes from the engine room.

Procedure1. Park the machine in a safe place.2. With the engine hood closed, inspect

whether steam is coming from the engineroom.

G4J001

If the Engine Overheats

Page 140: TB125 TB135 TB145

138

TROUBLESHOOTING

If the Battery Goes Dead

Connecting the jumper cables

IMPORTANT: Set the starter keys of boththe rescue vehicle and problem vehicleto the OFF position.

1. Connect the clip of jumper cable (R) tothe problem vehicle’s “+” terminal.

2. Connect the other clip of jumper cable (R)to the rescue vehicle’s “+” terminal.

3. Connect the clip of jumper cable (B) tothe rescue vehicle’s “–” terminal.

4. Connect the other clip of jumper cable (B)to the problem vehicle’s engine block.Connect the clip as far from the battery aspossible.

Starting the engine1. Check that the clips are securely

connected to the terminals.2. Start the rescue vehicle’s engine and run

it at high speed.3. Start the problem vehicle’s engine.

The following symptoms indicate that thebattery is dead:¡The starter motor does not turn or turns

weakly, and the engine does not start.¡The horn is weak.

ProcedureUse jumper cables and start the engine usingthe rescue vehicle’s battery.

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Use jumper cables only in therecommended manner. Improper useof jumper cables can result in batteryexplosion or unexpected machinemotion.• Do not let the problem vehicle and

rescue vehicle touch each other.• Do not let the “+” and “–” clips of the

jumper cables touch each other.• Connect the jumper cables to the “+”

terminals first, and disconnect themfrom the “–” terminals (ground) first.

• Connect the final clip of the jumpercable to a point as far away from thebattery as possible.

¡¡¡¡¡Use safety glasses when using jumpercables to start the machine.

IMPORTANT: Use jumper cables andclips of a size suited to the battery’scapacity. Do not used damaged orcorroded jumper cables and clips.IMPORTANT: The rescue vehicle’sbattery must have the same capacity asthe problem vehicle’s battery.IMPORTANT: Connect the clips securely.

E4J005

12

34

R

B

Rescue vehicle battery Problem vehicle battery

To engine block

Page 141: TB125 TB135 TB145

139

TROUBLESHOOTING

If the Battery Goes Dead After the Fuel Runs OutTROUBLESHOOTING

Bleeding the Air from the FuelSystem

1. Add fuel.

2. Turn the starter key to the ON position andhold it there for about 20 seconds.The automatic air bleeder bleeds the airfrom the fuel system.

Supplement: Air in the fuel system canmake it difficult to start the engine and causeengine problems. Also bleed the air whenthe fuel tank is emptied or air in the fuelsystem.

Disconnecting the jumper cablesOnce the engine starts, disconnect thejumper cables following the connectionprocedure in reverse order.

1. Disconnect the clip of jumper cable (B)from the problem vehicle’s engine block.

2. Disconnect the other clip of jumper cable(B) from the rescue vehicle’s “–” terminal.

3. Disconnect the clip of jumper cable (R)from the rescue vehicle’s “+” terminal.

4. Disconnect the other clip of jumper cable(R) from the problem vehicle’s “+” terminal.

RechargingHave a Takeuchi sales or service outletrecharge batteries that have gone dead.

E4J006

4

1

3

2

R

B

PREHEATOFF

ON

START

E4D002

Rescue vehicle battery Problem vehicle battery

From engine block

Page 142: TB125 TB135 TB145

140

TROUBLESHOOTING

If a Fuse Blows

If a light does not turn on or the electricsystem does not operate, a fuse may beblown. Inspect the fuses.

Inspecting and Replacing the Fuse

WARNING

If the fuse blows as soon as it is replaced,there is a problem with the electricsystem. Continued use may lead to fire.Consult a Takeuchi sales or serviceoutlet.

1. Turn the starter key to the OFF positionand stop the engine.

2. Loosen the screws, then remove the cover(1).

3. Inspect for any blown fuses.

4. If a fuse is blown, replace it with a sparefuse of the same capacity.

Inspecting the Fusible Link

If the electric power is not switched on afterturning the starter switch to the ON position,the cartridge type fusible links (1) might beblown open. Open the front cover located atthe right side of the body and inspect. If thefusible link is blown, please contact aTakeuchi sales or service.Supplement: A fusible link is a large pieceof fuse wiring which is mounted in a circuitwhich carries a large electrical current. Linka regular fuse, the fusible link protects theelectrical parts and wiring from damage dueto abnormally large currents.

Fuse Layout and Circuits Protected

G4B004

1

E4J007

NormalBlown

G4J003

1

Capacity Protected circuit

20A Horn

30A Air Conditioner

(OPT)

10A Second travel speed

10A Instrument panel,

Feed pump

15A Radio,

Heater

20A Cigarette lighter,

Wiper

15A Solenoid A, B

20A Lights

20A Lever lock

15A External power socket

30A Stop solenoid

Capacity Protected circuit

Page 143: TB125 TB135 TB145

141

TROUBLESHOOTING

If a Warning Lamp Flashes

If an alarm is sounded or a warning lamp starts flashing during operation, park the machinein a safe place and perform the procedures described below.

Warning lamp Lamp name Procedure

The coolant temperature has risen irregularly and theengine is overheating.Refer to page 137 “If the Engine Overheats”.

Engineemergencylamp

A problem has occurred in the engine lubricationsystem or the coolant water temperature has risenirregularly.¡When there is a problem in the engine lubrication

system, the engine oil pressure warning lampflashes simultaneously.

¡When the coolant water temperature has risenirregularly, the coolant temperature warning lampflashes simultaneously.

For the procedures, refer to the respective warninglamps below.

Battery chargewarning lamp

There is a problem with the fan belt or charger.Inspect the fan belt for slack or breakage and adjust asnecessary. If the lamp continues flashing aftermaintenance, there is a problem with the charger.Consult a Takeuchi sales or service outlet.Refer to page 110 “Inspecting and Adjusting the FanBelt”.

Engine oilpressurewarning lamp

Inspect the engine oil level. If the lamp is flashingeven though the level is normal or if it continuesflashing after oil is added, consult a Takeuchi sales orservice outlet.Refer to page 104 “Inspecting and Replenishing theEngine Oil”.

Coolanttemperaturewarning lamp

OSOB080

OSOB070

Air cleanerwarning lamp

The air cleaner filter is clogged.Refer to page 117 “Cleaning the Air Cleaner”.

C4B012

G4B009

C

G4B010

Page 144: TB125 TB135 TB145

142

TROUBLESHOOTING

Other Symptoms

For symptoms not included on the table below or if the problem persists after the properprocedures have been taken, consult a Takeuchi sales or service outlet.

Symptom Main cause Procedure

Left and right operatinglevers do not movesmoothly

¡ Insufficient grease on leftand right operating levers

¡Add grease.Refer to page 129.

Travel levers, bladelever or pedal do notmove smoothly

¡Safety lock lever is raised

¡Fuse is blown

¡Faulty travel lock adjustment

¡Add grease.Refer to page 130.

¡Adjust or replace. (Requestat a sales or service outlet.)

Hoe attachment,auxiliary hydraulics,slewing or travelingoperation not possible

¡Lower the safety lock lever.Refer to page 49.

¡Replace the fuse.Refer to page 140.

¡Adjustment. (Request at asales or service outlet.)

Digging force isinsufficient

¡ Insufficient hydraulic oil level

¡Hydraulic oil is not heated

¡Air cleaner is clogged

¡Hydraulic oil is not ofsuitable type

¡Replenish to the prescribedlevel.

Refer to page 105.¡Perform the warm-up

procedure.Refer to page 66.

¡Clean the air cleaner.Refer to page 117.

¡Replace the hydraulic oil.Refer to page 123.

Traveling is not possibleor not smooth

¡Stones or foreign objectsare stuck

¡Remove the foreign object.

Machine does not travelstraight forward

¡Stones or foreign objects arestuck

¡Faulty crawler tensionadjustment

¡Remove the foreign object.

¡Adjust the crawler to theprescribed tension.

Refer to page 111.

Travel speed cannot bechanged

¡Fuse is blown ¡Replace the fuse.Refer to page 140.

Slewing is not possibleor not smooth

¡ Insufficient grease on slewbearing

¡Add grease.Refer to page 112.

¡ Insufficient grease on travellevers, blade lever or pedal

¡Stretched wire

Page 145: TB125 TB135 TB145

143

TROUBLESHOOTING

Other Symptoms

Symptom Main cause Procedure

Hydraulic oiltemperature is too high

¡ Insufficient hydraulic oil ¡Replenish to the prescribedlevel.

Refer to page 105.

Starter motor turns butengine does not start

¡ Insufficient fuel

¡Air in fuel system

¡Water in fuel system

¡Add fuel.Refer to page 105.

¡Bleed the air.Refer to page 139.

¡Drain the water.Refer to page 114.

Crawlers slip off ¡Crawlers are too loose ¡Adjust the tension.Refer to page 111.

Engine exhaust is whiteor bluish

¡Excessive engine oil

¡ Insufficient fuel

¡Adjust to the prescribedlevel.

Refer to page 104.¡Replace the fuel.

Engine exhaust isoccasionally black

¡Air cleaner is clogged ¡Clean the air cleaner.Refer to page 117.

Irregular noise isproduced from theengine (combustion ormechanical noise)

¡Low quality fuel is beingused

¡Engine is overheating

¡Damage in muffler

¡Replace the fuel.

¡ If the Engine OverheatsRefer to page 137.

¡Replace the muffler.(Request at a sales orservice outlet.)

Page 146: TB125 TB135 TB145

144

TROUBLESHOOTING

To Lower the Boom

3. Put mark (M) on the plug of the port reliefvalve (2) and set screw (3).

4. Gripping the set screw (3) with ahexagonal wrench so that it does not turntogether with the lock nut (4), loosen thelock nut (4).

5. Turn the set screw (3) slowly 1/2 (TB145 :1 and 1/3) turns to lower the boom.TB145 : Serial No. 14514824 ~Turn the set screw (3) slowly one turn tolower the boom.

6. Check for safety and machine stability.7. Turn the set screw (3) back to its original

position.8. Gripping the set screw (3) with a

hexagonal wrench so that it does not turntogether with the lock nut (4), tighten thelock nut (4).Tightening torque:• TB125 · 135 20 N·m (14.5 ft-lb.)• TB145 27.5 to 31.4 N·m

(20.3 to 23.1 ft-lb.)9. Reinstall the cover and floor mat.

If the hoe attachment must be lowered tothe ground while the engine is stopped, usethe following procedure to do so.This operation is dangerous and requiresexperience. Have it performed by a Takeuchisales or service outlet.

<TB125 / TB135>When equipped with accumulator (option):Refer to page 232 “Accumulator”.

Procedure

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Do not approach in the area of theground where the hoe attachment is tobe lowered. You may be hit by dirtfalling out of the bucket or the hoeattachment as it drops.

¡¡¡¡¡Turn the port relief valve’s set screwslowly so that the boom lowers slowly.Do not turn the screw more than thespecified amount.

1. Remove the floor mat (5).2. Loosen the bolts and remove cover (1).

<TB145>

2

2

5

1

E5J001

Page 147: TB125 TB135 TB145

145

TROUBLESHOOTING

Towing

WARNING

When towing, selecting the wrong wirerope, inspecting improperly, or towing inthe wrong way could lead to accidentsresulting in serious injury or death.¡¡¡¡¡The wire rope breaking or coming

detached could be extremelydangerous. Use a wire rope suited forthe required towing force.

¡¡¡¡¡Do not use a wire rope that is kinked,twisted or otherwise damaged.

¡¡¡¡¡Do not apply strong loads abruptly tothe wire rope.

¡¡¡¡¡Use safety gloves when handling thewire rope.

¡¡¡¡¡Make sure there is an operator on themachine being towed as well as on themachine that is towing.

¡¡¡¡¡Never tow on slopes.¡¡¡¡¡Do not let anyone near the wire rope

while towing.

Towing the MachineUse the procedure described below to towheavy objects or the machine itself if it shouldget stuck in the mud and not be able to getout on its own.

1. Fasten the wire rope to the frame.2. Place splints or other objects between the

wire rope and frame to prevent themachine and wire rope from gettingdamaged.

3. Move the machine to tauten the wire rope.4. Move the machine slowly and tow.

Using the light load towing hole

IMPORTANT: Be sure to follow all thesteps below closely when using the lightload towing hole to tow. Failure to heedeven one of the steps may cause damageto the light load towing hole or other partsof the frame.

¡Maximum pulling force:TB125: 15700N (3530 lbf) or lessTB135: 19600N (4410 lbf) or lessTB145: 27500N (6170 lbf) or less

1. Attach the wire rope to the shackle (1).2. Fasten the shackle (1) to the light load

towing hole (2).3. Attach the wire rope to the object to be

towed.4. Make the wire rope horizontal and line up

straight with the travel frame.5. Move the machine to tauten the wire rope.6. Move the machine slowly and tow.

N0A006

N0J003

2 1

Page 148: TB125 TB135 TB145

146

Page 149: TB125 TB135 TB145

147

SPECIFICATIONS

Main Specifications ................................. 148

Machine Dimensions ............................... 152

Operating Range ...................................... 158

Lifting Capacities ..................................... 165

Page 150: TB125 TB135 TB145

148

SPECIFICATIONS

Main Specifications

TB125

ENGINE

Manufacturer and model Yanmar 3TNV82A-QTB1 Yanmar 3TNV82A-QTB

Rated output kW / min–1 (hp / rpm) 16.8 / 2300 (22.5 / 2300)

Displacement mI (cu.in.) 1331 (81.2)

Starter V – kW 12 – 2.3

Alternator V – kW 12 – 0.48

Battery V – A·h 12 – 64

Sound-power level LWA 93

Sound-pressure level LpA 74

MASS

Machine mass kg (lb.)

(not including operator)

Rubber crawlers 2675 (5895) 2790 (6150)

Steel crawlers 2735 (6030) 2850 (6285)

PERFORMANCE

Bucket capacity m3 (cu.ft.)

(standard bucket)

Heaped 0.068 (2.4)

Struck 0.051 (1.8)

Slew speed min–1 (rpm) 9.6 (9.6)

Ground pressure

kPa (psi)

Rubber crawlers 28.1 (4.08) 29.3 (4.25)

Steel crawlers 29.4 (4.27) 30.7 (4.45)

Travel speed km/h (mph)

1st 2.7 (1.68)

2nd 4.8 (2.98)

1st 2.6 (1.62)

2nd 4.7 (2.92)

Gradeability (degrees) 30

TYPE CANOPY CAB

Noise level dB(A)

Rubbercrawlers

Steelcrawlers

Page 151: TB125 TB135 TB145

149

SPECIFICATIONS

Main Specifications

TB135

ENGINE

Manufacturer and model Yanmar 3TNV88-QTB1 Yanmar 3TNV88-QTB

Rated output kW / min–1 (hp / rpm) 20.9 / 2300 (28 / 2300)

Displacement mI (cu.in.) 1642 (100.2)

Starter V – kW 12 – 2.3

Alternator V – kW 12 – 0.48

Battery V – A·h 12 – 64

Sound-power level LWA 96 / 95*

Sound-pressure level LpA 80 / 76*

MASS

Machine mass kg (lb.)

(not including operator)

Rubber crawlers 3340 (7365) 3430 (7560)

Steel crawlers 3440 (7585) 3530 (7780)

PERFORMANCE

Bucket capacity m3 (cu.ft.)

(standard bucket)

Heaped 0.105 (3.7)

Struck 0.078 (2.76)

Slew speed min–1 (rpm) 9.2 (9.2)

Ground pressure

kPa (psi)

Rubber crawlers 26.4 (3.83) 27.1 (3.93)

Steel crawlers 27.9 (4.05) 28.6 (4.15)

Travel speed km/h (mph)

1st 2.5 (1.55) / 2.4 (1.50)*

2nd 4.6 (2.86) / 4.7 (2.91)*

1st 2.4 (1.49) / 2.3 (1.45)*

2nd 4.5 (2.80)

Gradeability (degrees) 30

TYPE CANOPY CAB

Noise level dB(A)

Rubbercrawlers

Steelcrawlers

* : Serial No. 13516745 ~

Page 152: TB125 TB135 TB145

150

SPECIFICATIONS

Main Specifications

TB145

ENGINE

Manufacturer and model Yanmar 4TNV88-QTB1 Yanmar 4TNV88-QTB

Rated output kW / min–1 (hp / rpm) 27.3 / 2300 (36.6 / 2300)

Displacement mI (cu.in.) 2189 (133.6)

Starter V – kW 12 – 2.3

Alternator V – kW 12 – 0.48

Battery V – A·h 12 – 92

MASS

Machine mass kg (lb.)

(not including operator)

Rubber crawlers 4650 (10250) 4740 (10450)

Steel crawlers 4735 (10440) 4825 (10635)

PERFORMANCE

Bucket capacity m3 (cu.ft.)

(standard bucket)

Heaped 0.141 (4.96)

Struck 0.102 (3.58)

Slew speed min–1 (rpm) 9.7 (9.7)

Ground pressure

kPa (psi)

Rubber crawlers 26.8 (3.88) 27.3 (3.95)

Steel crawlers 29.8 (4.32) 30.3 (4.4)

Travel speed km/h (mph)

Gradeability (degrees) 30

TYPE CANOPY CAB

Noise level dB(A)Sound-power level LWA 97 / 96*

Sound-pressure level LpA 82 / 78*

1st 2.8 (1.74) / 2.7 (1.67)*

2nd 4.7 (2.92) / 5.0 (3.12)*

1st 2.6 (1.62) / 2.5 (1.55)*

2nd 4.3 (2.67) / 4.7 (2.91)*

Rubbercrawlers

Steelcrawlers

* : Serial No. 14515346 ~

Page 153: TB125 TB135 TB145

151

MEMO

Page 154: TB125 TB135 TB145

152

SPECIFICATIONS

Machine Dimensions

Equipped with Canopy and Rubber CrawlersTB125Units: mm (inches)

300(

11.8

)

300(11.8)

1450(57.1)

360(

14.2

)

565(

22.2

)

1440 (56.7)

1895 (74.6)

3140(123.6) 1475(58.1)

560(

22.0

)

R1875(73.8)

R1715(67.5) 1450

(57.

1)

E5K005

4410(173.6) Overall length

2445

(96.

3)O

vera

llhe

ight

1460(57.5) Overall width

540(

21.2

)

R1485(58.5)

R1285(50.6)

Page 155: TB125 TB135 TB145

153

SPECIFICATIONS

Machine Dimensions

TB125 Equipped with Cab and Rubber CrawlersUnits: mm (inches)

E5K006

300(

11.8

)

300(11.8)

1450(57.1)

360(

14.2

)

565(

22.2

)

1440 (56.7)

1895 (74.6)

3140(123.6) 1475(58.1)

560(

22.0

)

R1875(73.8)

R1715(67.5) 1450

(57.

1)

4410(173.6) Overall length

2450

(96.

4)O

vera

llhe

ight

1460(57.5) Overall width

540(

21.2

)

R1485(58.5)

R1285(50.6)

Page 156: TB125 TB135 TB145

154

SPECIFICATIONS

Machine Dimensions

Equipped with Canopy and Rubber CrawlersTB135Units: mm (inches)

G4K005

1630

(64.

2)

R1400

(55.1)

R1470(57.9)R1890(74.4)

R1725(68)

615(

24.1

)62

0(24

.4)

1470(57.9)

2450

(96.

5)O

vera

llhe

ight

295(

11.6

)

350(13.8)

1630(64.2)3555(139.9)

4945(194.8) Overall length

1655(65.1)

2110(83)

1655(65.2)

400(

15.7

)

570(

22.4

)

Page 157: TB125 TB135 TB145

155

SPECIFICATIONS

Machine Dimensions

TB135 Equipped with Cab and Rubber CrawlersUnits: mm (inches)

G4K006

1630

(64.

2)

R1400

(55.1)

R1470(57.9)R1890(74.4)

R1725(68)

620(

24.4

)61

5(24

.1)

1470(57.9)

2455

(96.

6)O

vera

llhe

ight

295(

11.6

)

350(13.8)

1630(64.2)

3555(139.9)

4945(194.8) Overall length

1655(65.1)

2110(83)

1655(65.2)

400(

15.7

)

570(

22.4

)

Page 158: TB125 TB135 TB145

156

SPECIFICATIONS

Machine Dimensions

TB145 Equipped with Canopy and Rubber CrawlersUnits: mm (inches)

K3K005

1840

(72.

4)

R1680(66.1)

R1985(78.2)

R2170(85.4)

R1470(58)71

0(28

)71

5(28

.1)

1690(66.5)

2555

(100

.6)O

vera

llhe

ight

335(

13.2

)

400(15.7)

1840(72.4)

4075(160.5)

5520(217.4) Overall length

1985(78.1)

2500(98.5)

1720(67.8)

430(

16.9

)

635(

24.9

)

Page 159: TB125 TB135 TB145

157

SPECIFICATIONS

Machine Dimensions

TB145 Equipped with Cab and Rubber CrawlersUnits: mm (inches)

K3K006

1840

(72.

4)

R1680(66.1)R2170(85.4)

R1985(78.2)

R1470(58)

710(

28)

715(

28.1

)

1690(66.5)

400(15.7)

1840(72.4)

335(

13.2

)

2560

(100

.7)O

vera

llhe

ight

4075(160.5)

5520(217.4) Overall length

1985(78.1)

2500(98.5)

1720(67.8)

430(

16.9

)

635(

24.9

)

Page 160: TB125 TB135 TB145

158

SPECIFICATIONS

Operating Range

TB125 Equipped with Canopy and Rubber CrawlersUnits: mm (inches)

1935

(76.

3)M

ax.v

ertic

aldi

ggin

gde

pth

1870(73.7)

3210(126.4) Max.vertical digging radius

4435(174.6) Max. ground digging radius

4570(179.9) Max. digging radius

2580

(101

.5)M

ax.d

iggi

ngde

pth

4290

(168

.9)M

ax.d

iggi

nghe

ight

3030

(119

.2)M

ax.d

umpi

nghe

ight

315(

12.3

)39

0(15

.3)

3415

(134

.4)

E5K007

Page 161: TB125 TB135 TB145

159

SPECIFICATIONS

Operating Range

TB125 Equipped with Cab and Rubber CrawlersUnits: mm (inches)

E5K008

1935

(76.

3)M

ax.v

ertic

aldi

ggin

gde

pth

1870(73.7)

3210(126.4) Max.vertical digging radius

4435(174.6) Max. ground digging radius

4570(179.9) Max. digging radius

2580

(101

.5)M

ax.d

iggi

ngde

pth

4290

(168

.9)M

ax.d

iggi

nghe

ight

3030

(119

.2)M

ax.d

umpi

nghe

ight

315(

12.3

)39

0(15

.3)

3415

(134

.4)

Page 162: TB125 TB135 TB145

160

SPECIFICATIONS

Operating Range

TB135 Equipped with Canopy and Rubber CrawlersUnits: mm (inches)

G4K007

5025

(197

.9)M

ax.d

iggi

nghe

ight

3605

(141

.9)M

ax.d

umpi

nghe

ight

3105

(122

.2)M

ax.d

iggi

ngde

pth

2345

(92.

3)M

ax.v

ertic

aldi

ggin

gde

pth

5180(203.9) Max. digging radius

5050(198.9) Max. ground digging radius

3565(140.3) Max. vertical digging radius

405(

15.9

)39

0(15

.4)

1890(74.4)

3805

(149

.8)

Page 163: TB125 TB135 TB145

161

SPECIFICATIONS

Operating Range

TB135 Equipped with Cab and Rubber CrawlersUnits: mm (inches)

G4K008

5025

(197

.9)M

ax.d

iggi

nghe

ight

3605

(141

.9)M

ax.d

umpi

nghe

ight

3105

(122

.2)M

ax.d

iggi

ngde

pth

2345

(92.

3)M

ax.v

ertic

aldi

ggin

gde

pth

5180(203.9) Max. digging radius

5050(198.9) Max. ground digging radius

3565(140.3) Max. vertical digging radius

405(

15.9

)39

0(15

.4)

1890(74.4)

3805

(149

.8)

Page 164: TB125 TB135 TB145

162

SPECIFICATIONS

Operating Range

TB145 Equipped with Canopy and Rubber CrawlersUnits: mm (inches)

K3K007

5600

(220

.4)M

ax.d

iggi

nghe

ight

3965

(156

.1)M

ax.d

umpi

nghe

ight

3500

(137

.8)M

ax.d

iggi

ngde

pth

2750

(108

.3)M

ax.v

ertic

aldi

ggin

gde

pth

5850(230.4) Max. digging radius

5715(224.9) Max. ground digging radius

3935(155) Max. vertical digging radius

435(

17.2

)35

0(13

.8)

2170(85.4)

4295

(169

.1)

Page 165: TB125 TB135 TB145

163

SPECIFICATIONS

Operating Range

TB145 Equipped with Cab and Rubber CrawlersUnits: mm (inches)

K3K008

5600

(220

.4)M

ax.d

iggi

nghe

ight

3965

(156

.1)M

ax.d

umpi

nghe

ight

3500

(137

.8)M

ax.d

iggi

ngde

pth

2750

(108

.3)M

ax.v

ertic

aldi

ggin

gde

pth

5850(230.4) Max. digging radius

5715(224.9) Max. ground digging radius

3935(155) Max. vertical digging radius

435(

17.2

)35

0(13

.8)

2170(85.4)

4295

(169

.1)

Page 166: TB125 TB135 TB145

164

MEMO

Page 167: TB125 TB135 TB145

165

SPECIFICATIONS

Rated lift capacity chart¡The loads in the charts do not exceed 87% of hydraulic lift capacity or 75% of tipping load.¡Rated lift capacities limited by rated hydraulic lift capacity are identified by an asterisk(*)¡The mass of slings and any auxiliary lifting devices shall be deducted from the rated load

to determine the net load that may be lifted.¡The load point is the bucket hinge pin, and the bucket posture is with the standard bucket

completely retracted under the arm.¡Units: kg (lbs.) or daN (lbs.)

Load hooking systemA load hooking system with all of the following capacities must be provided and used.1. A system which can withstand a weight of two times the rated lift capacity no matter at

what position the load is applied.2. A system in which there is no risk of the lifted load falling from the hooking device, for

example one equipped with a hook slippage prevention device.3. A system in which there is no risk of the hooking system slipping from the hoe attachment.

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡DO NOT attempt to lift or hold any load that is greater than these rated values attheir specified load radii and height.

¡¡¡¡¡All rated lift capacities are based on the machine being level and on a firm supportingsurface. For safe working loads, the user is expected to make due allowance for theparticular job conditions such as soft or uneven ground, non-level condition, sideloads, hazardous conditions, experience of personnel, etc. The operator and otherpersonnel should fully acquaint themselves with the operator’s manual furnishedby the manufacturer before operating this machine, and rules for safe operation ofequipment shall be adhered to at all times.

Lifting Capacities

Page 168: TB125 TB135 TB145

166

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Standard ArmTB125

E5K017E

00.5(1.

6)

2.0(6.

6)

3.5(11

.5)

3.0(9.

8)

1.5(4.

9)

–2.0(

–6.6)

2.5(8.

2)

m (ft.)

00.5 (1.

6)1.0 (3.

3)2.5 (8.

2)2.0 (6.

6)3.0 (9.

8)3.5 (11

.5)1.5 (4.

9)4.0 (13

.1)

–1.0(

–3.3)

–0.5(

–1.6)

4.0(13

.1)m

(ft.)

1.0(3.

3)

–1.5(

–4.9)

567*

(1250

*)

440

(970)446

(983)454

(1001

)57

8(12

74)

460

(1014

)58

4*(12

87*)

671*

(1479

*)83

5*(18

41*)

532*

(1173

*)46

2(10

19)

516*

(1138

*)

375

(827)

1022

(2253

)

1031

(2273

)

850*

(1874

*)63

5*(14

00*)

721

(1590

)

1019

(2246

)

717

(1581

)

718

(1583

)

727

(1603

)

744

(1640

)

1258

*(27

73*)

768

(1693

)10

93(24

10)

1023

(2255

)

925*

(2039

*)

1044

(2302

)

1498

*(33

02*)

1508

*(33

25*)

1750

*(38

58*)

1117*

(2463

*)

565

(1246

)

554

(1221

)

548

(1208

)

546

(1204

)

550

(1213

)

436

(961)

436

(961)Ove

r Fro

nt; D

ozer

Blad

eUp U

nit

s:kg

(lb

s.)

Page 169: TB125 TB135 TB145

167

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Standard ArmTB125

E5K018

00.5(1.

6)

2.0(6.

6)

3.5(11

.5)

3.0(9.

8)

1.5(4.

9)

–2.0(

–6.6)

2.5(8.

2)

m (ft.)

00.5 (1.

6)1.0 (3.

3)2.5 (8.

2)2.0 (6.

6)3.0 (9.

8)3.5 (11

.5)1.5 (4.

9)4.0 (13

.1)

–1.0(

–3.3)

–0.5(

–1.6)

4.0(13

.1)m

(ft.)

1.0(3.

3)

–1.5(

–4.9)

00.5(1.

6)

2.0(6.

6)

3.5(11

.5)

3.0(9.

8)

1.5(4.

9)

–2.0(

–6.6)

2.5(8.

2)

m (ft.)

00.5 (1.

6)1.0 (3.

3)2.5 (8.

2)2.0 (6.

6)3.0 (9.

8)3.5 (11

.5)1.5 (4.

9)4.0 (13

.1)

–1.0(

–3.3)

–0.5(

–1.6)

4.0(13

.1)m

(ft.)

1.0(3.

3)

–1.5(

–4.9)

373

(822) 37

3(82

2)

469

(1034

)

465

(1025

)

467

(1030

)

473

(1043

)

484

(1067

)

1750

*(38

58*)

925*

(2039

*)

Ove

r Sid

e

1381

(3045

)

1396

(3078

)

870

(1918

)

850*

(1874

*)

851

(1876

)915

(2017

)65

5(14

44)

1258

*(27

73*)

632

(1393

)

615

(1356

)

607

(1338

)

606

(1336

)

847

(1867

)

610

(1345

)

622

(1371

)111

7*(24

63*)

858

(1892

)

849

(1872

)

321

(708)

835*

(1841

*)

398

(877)

517

(1140

)

567*

(1250

*)

671*

(1479

*)50

8(11

20)

396

(873)

496

(1093

)39

0(86

0)

383

(844) 377

(831)

516*

(1138

*)

567*

(1250

*)

518

(1142

)

524

(1155

)

531

(1171

)65

3*(14

40*)

537*

(1184

*)58

4*(12

87*)

671*

(1479

*)83

5*(18

41*)

532*

(1173

*)51

9*(11

44*)

516*

(1138

*)

443

(977)

1197

(2639

)

1111*

(2449

*)

850*

(1874

*)63

5*(14

00*)

845

(1863

)

1193

(2630

)

840

(1852

)

842

(1856

)

850

(1874

)

868

(1914

)

1258

*(27

73*)

806*

(1777

*)113

2*(24

96*)

1198

(2641

)

925*

(2039

*)

1219

(2687

)

1498

*(33

02*)

1508

*(33

25*)

Ove

r Rea

r

1750

*(38

58*)

1117*

(2463

*)

661

(1457

)

650

(1433

)

643

(1418

)

641

(1413

)

645

(1422

)

514

(1133

)

514

(1133

)

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

Page 170: TB125 TB135 TB145

168

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Standard ArmTB135

Ove

rF

ron

t;

Do

zer

Bla

de

Up

684*

(150

7*)

632*

(139

3*)

571*

(125

8*)

607*

(133

8*)

589*

(129

8*)

562

(123

8)64

3*(1

417*

)66

8*(1

472*

)

709*

(156

3*)

558

(123

0)69

7(1

536)

791*

(174

3*)

939*

(207

0*)

1263

*(2

784*

)

551

(121

4)68

3(1

505)

872

(192

2)11

64(2

566)

456

(100

5)54

3(1

197)

669

(147

4)84

8(1

869)

1122

(247

3)

536

(118

1)65

8(1

450)

830

(182

9)10

97(2

418)

531

(117

0)65

0(1

432)

820

(180

7)10

87(2

396)

1355

*(2

987*

)

531

(117

0)64

7(1

426)

816

(179

8)10

86(2

394)

1591

(350

7)13

96*

(307

7*)

1313

*(2

894*

)

649

(143

0)81

9(1

805)

1092

(240

7)16

04(3

536)

2032

*(4

479*

)17

89*

(394

4*)

828

(182

5)11

05(2

436)

1624

(358

0)25

01*

(551

3*)

2360

*(5

202*

)

1006

*(2

217*

)13

41*

(295

6*)

1872

*(4

127*

)

m4

.54

.03

.53

.02

.52

.01

.51

.00

.50

ft.(

14

.8)

(13

.1)

(11

.5)

(9.8

)(8

.2)

(6.6

)(4

.9)

(3.3

)(1

.6)

mf t

.4

. 5(1

4.8

)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.5

(11

.5)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.5

(8.2

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.5

(4.9

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0.5

(1.6

)

0(0

)

–0

.5(–

1.6

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–1

.5(–

4.9

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–2

.5(–

8.2

)

G4K017E

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

Page 171: TB125 TB135 TB145

169

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Standard ArmTB135

G4K018

mf t

.4

. 5(1

4.8

)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.5

(11

.5)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.5

(8.2

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.5

(4.9

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0.5

(1.6

)

0(0

)

–0

.5(–

1.6

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–1

.5(–

4.9

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–2

.5(–

8.2

)m

4.5

4.0

3.5

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0ft

.(1

4.8

)(1

3.1

)(1

1.5

)(9

.8)

(8.2

)(6

.6)

(4.9

)(3

.3)

(1.6

)

mf t

.4

. 5(1

4.8

)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.5

(11

.5)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.5

(8.2

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.5

(4.9

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0.5

(1.6

)

0(0

)

–0

.5(–

1.6

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–1

.5(–

4.9

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–2

.5(–

8.2

)m

4.5

4.0

3.5

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0ft

.(1

4.8

)(1

3.1

)(1

1.5

)(9

.8)

(8.2

)(6

.6)

(4.9

)(3

.3)

(1.6

)

684*

(150

7*)

632*

(139

3*)

571*

(125

8*)

607*

(133

8*)

589*

(129

8*)

638*

(140

6*)

643*

(141

7*)

668*

(147

2*)

649

(143

0)71

0*(1

565*

)79

1*(1

743*

)93

9*(2

070*

)12

63*

(278

4*)

641

(141

3)79

1(1

743)

937*

(206

5*)

1213

*(2

674*

)53

5(1

175)

633

(139

5)77

7(1

712)

981

(216

2)12

95(2

854)

626

(138

0)76

5(1

686)

963

(212

3)12

70(2

799)

622

(137

1)75

7(1

668)

952

(209

8)12

60(2

777)

1355

*(2

987*

)

621

(136

9)75

4(1

662)

949

(209

2)12

59(2

775)

1840

(405

6)13

96*

(307

7*)

1313

*(2

894*

)

757

(166

8)95

2(2

098)

1265

(278

8)18

53(4

085)

2032

*(4

479*

)17

89*

(394

4*)

961

(211

8)12

77(2

815)

1744

*(3

844*

)25

01*

(551

3*)

2360

*(5

202*

)

1006

*(2

217*

)13

41*

(295

6*)

1872

*(4

127*

)

709*

(156

3*)

684*

(150

7*)

615

(135

5)57

1*(1

258*

)

607*

(133

8*)

589*

(129

8*)

491

(108

2)61

6(1

358)

668*

(147

2*)

709*

(156

3*)

487

(107

3)60

6(1

335)

773

(170

4)93

9*(2

070*

)12

63*

(278

4*)

480

(105

8)59

3(1

307)

750

(165

3)98

6(2

173)

397

(875

)47

2(1

040)

580

(127

8)72

8(1

604)

947

(208

7)

466

(102

7)56

9(1

254)

711

(156

7)92

5(2

039)

461

(101

6)56

1(1

236)

701

(154

5)91

5(2

017)

1292

(284

8)

461

(101

6)55

8(1

230)

698

(153

8)91

4(2

015)

1299

(286

3)13

96*

(307

7*)

1313

*(2

894*

)

561

(123

6)70

0(1

543)

919

(202

6)13

10(2

888)

2032

*(4

479*

)17

89*

(394

4*)

709

(156

3)93

1(2

052)

1328

(292

7)22

24(4

903)

2360

*(5

202*

)

953

(210

0)13

41*

(295

6*)

1872

*(4

127*

)

Ove

rR

ear

Ove

rS

ide

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

Page 172: TB125 TB135 TB145

170

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Standard ArmTB145

K3K017E

Ove

rF

ron

t;

Do

zer

Bla

de

Up

m5

.55

.04

.03

.02

.01

.00

ft.

(18

)(1

6.4

)(1

3.1

)(9

.8)

(6.6

)(3

.3)

mf t

.5

. 0(1

6.4

)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)

1059

*(2

334*

)

952*

(209

8*)

1012

*(2

231*

)

970

(213

8)14

72*

(324

5*)

647

(142

6)

650

(143

2)93

2(2

054)

1459

(321

6)

905

(199

5)14

12(3

112)

901

(198

6)14

10(3

108)

2965

(653

6)23

38*

(515

4*)

1443

(318

1)24

48*

(539

6*)

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

Page 173: TB125 TB135 TB145

171

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Standard ArmTB145

K3K018

Ove

rR

ear

Ove

rS

ide

mf t

.5

. 0(1

6.4

)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)m

5.5

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0ft

.(1

8)

(16

.4)

(13

.1)

(9.8

)(6

.6)

(3.3

)m

5.5

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0ft

.(1

8)

(16

.4)

(13

.1)

(9.8

)(6

.6)

(3.3

)

mf t

.5

. 0(1

6.4

)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)

1059

*(2

334*

)

952*

(209

8*)

1012

*(2

231*

)

1054

(232

3)14

74*

(324

9*)

711

(156

7)

714

(157

4)10

16(2

239)

1585

(349

4)

990

(218

2)15

38(3

390)

985

(217

1)15

36(3

386)

3014

*(6

644*

)23

38*

(515

4*)

1518

*(3

346*

)24

48*

(539

6*)

1059

*(2

334*

)

728

(160

4)

1012

*(2

231*

)

702

(154

7)11

11(2

449)

462

(101

8)

463

(102

0)66

7(1

470)

1022

(225

3)

642

(141

5)98

0(2

160)

638

(140

6)97

8(2

156)

1893

(417

3)23

38*

(515

4*)

1007

(222

0)19

51(4

301)

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

Page 174: TB125 TB135 TB145

172

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Long ArmTB125

E5K019E

00.5(1.

6)

4.5 (14.8)

m (ft.)

00.5 (1.

6)1.0 (3.

3)2.5 (8.

2)2.0 (6.

6)

2.0(6.

6)

3.5(11

.5)

3.0 (9.8)

3.0(9.

8)

1.5(4.

9)

3.5 (11.5)

–2.0(

–6.6)

1.5 (4.9)

2.5(8.

2)

4.0 (13.1)

–1.0(

–3.3)

–0.5(

–1.6)

–2.5(

–8.2)

4.0(13

.1)m

(ft.)

1.0(3.

3)

–1.5(

–4.9)

430

(948)

427

(941)

537

(1184

)

537

(1184

)

542

(1195

)

551

(1215

)

565

(1246

)

1714

(3779

)

1063

(2343

)

1027

(2264

)

749

(1651

)

726

(1601

)

358

(789)

544

(1199

)

429

(946)

351

(774)

713

(1572

)

707

(1559

)

354

(780)363

(800)

336

(741)

1011

(2229

)

707

(1559

)

715

(1576

)10

24(22

58)

1012

(2231

)

1008

(2222

)

697*

(1537

*)

444*

(979*)

1842

*(40

61*)

461

(1016

)

581

(1281

)45

3(99

9)

444

(979)

436

(961)

447*

(985*) 448*

(998*)

426*

(939*)

950*

(2095

*)

510*

(1124

*)452*

(996*)

476*

(1049

*)

1450

*(31

97*)

1394

*(30

73*)

1304

*(28

75*)

912*

(2011*

)

932*

(2055

*)70

2*(15

48*)

1016

*(22

40*)

332

(732)

Ove

r Fro

nt; D

ozer

Blad

eUp

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

Page 175: TB125 TB135 TB145

173

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Long ArmTB125

E5K020

00.5(1.

6)

4.5 (14.8)

m (ft.)

00.5 (1.

6)1.0 (3.

3)2.5 (8.

2)2.0 (6.

6)

2.0(6.

6)

3.5(11

.5)

3.0 (9.8)

3.0(9.

8)

1.5(4.

9)

3.5 (11.5)

–2.0(

–6.6)

1.5 (4.9)

2.5(8.

2)

4.0 (13.1)

–1.0(

–3.3)

–0.5(

–1.6)

–2.5(

–8.2)

4.0(13

.1)m

(ft.)

1.0(3.

3)

–1.5(

–4.9)

00.5(1.

6)

4.5 (14.8)

m (ft.)

00.5 (1.

6)1.0 (3.

3)2.5 (8.

2)2.0 (6.

6)

2.0(6.

6)

3.5(11

.5)

3.0 (9.8)

3.0(9.

8)

1.5(4.

9)

3.5 (11.5)

–2.0(

–6.6)

1.5 (4.9)

2.5(8.

2)

4.0 (13.1)

–1.0(

–3.3)

–0.5(

–1.6)

–2.5(

–8.2)

4.0(13

.1)m

(ft.)

1.0(3.

3)

–1.5(

–4.9)

508

(1120

)

505

(1113

)

632

(1393

)

632

(1393

)

637

(1404

)

647

(1426

)

661

(1457

)Ove

r Rea

r

1201

(2648

)85

0(19

74)

424

(935)

506

(1116

)

417

(919)

836

(1843

)

830

(1830

)

420

(926)

429

(946)432

(946)

1186

(2615

)

831

(1832

)118

7(26

17)

1182

(2606

)

394

(869)

522

(1151

)

514

(1133

)

1450

*(31

97*)

1394

*(30

73*)

1304

*(28

75*)

1777

*(39

18*)

1214

*(26

76*)

912*

(2011*

)

932*

(2055

*)70

2*(15

48*)

1016

*(22

40*)

844*

(1861

*)

950*

(2095

*)69

7*(15

37*)

574*

(1265

*)18

42*

(4061

*)

444*

(979*)

447*

(985*)

775*

(1709

*)10

31*

(2273

*)

426*

(939*)

448*

(988*)

452*

(996*)

510*

(1124

*)47

6*(10

49*)

586*

(1292

*)51

8*(11

42*)47

6*(10

49)

373

(822)381

(840)

389

(858)

498

(1098

)

397

(875)402

(886)

284

(626)

836

(1843

)

840

(1852

)

851

(1876

)60

3(13

29)

596

(1314

)

838

(1847

)

314

(692)

311 (686)

302

(666)

596

(1314

)

601

(1325

)29

9(65

9)

365

(805)

401

(884)

463

(1021

)

307

(677)

614

(1354

)

636

(1402

)

662

(1459

)

853

(1881

)

887

(1955

)

1366

(3011)

Ove

r Sid

e

1386

(3056

)

483

(1065

)

470

(1036

)

461

(1016

)

456

(1005

)

456

(1005

)

364

(802)

1394

*(30

73*)

1304

*(28

75*)

912*

(2011*

)

932*

(2055

*)

1016

*(22

40*)

950*

(2095

*)69

7*(15

37*)

1842

*(40

61*)

444*

(979*)

426*

(939*)

452*

(996*) 510*

(1124

*)

467*

(1049

*)

367

(809)

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

Page 176: TB125 TB135 TB145

174

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Long ArmTB135

G4K019E

617*

(136

0*)

563*

(124

1*)

577

(127

2)68

6*(1

512*

)

423

(932

)

550

(121

2)84

8(1

869)

530

(116

8)80

1(1

765)

1456

*(3

209*

)

528

(116

4)79

2(1

746)

1526

(336

4)14

99*

(330

4*)

819

(180

5)15

78(3

478)

2480

*(5

467*

)

m5

.04

.03

.02

.01

.00

ft.

(16

.4)

(13

.1)

(9.8

)(6

.6)

(3.3

)

mf t

.5

. 0(1

6.4

)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)

Ove

rF

ron

t;

Do

zer

Bla

de

Up

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

Page 177: TB125 TB135 TB145

175

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Long ArmTB135

G4K020

Ove

rR

ear

Ove

rS

ide

617*

(136

0*)

563*

(124

1*)

613*

(135

1*)

686*

(151

2*)

496

(109

3)

641

(141

3)97

4*(2

147*

)

620

(136

6)93

4(2

059)

1456

*(3

209*

)

618

(136

2)92

4(2

037)

1774

(391

0)14

99*

(330

4*)

921*

(203

0*)

1587

*(3

498*

)24

80*

(546

7*)

617*

(136

0*)

518

(114

1)

504

(111

1)68

6*(1

512*

)

369

(813

)

479

(105

6)72

7(1

602)

459

(101

1)68

3(1

505)

1229

(270

9)

457

(100

7)67

4(1

485)

1239

(273

1)14

99*

(330

4*)

700

(154

3)12

86(2

835)

2480

*(5

467*

)

mf t

.5

. 0(1

6.4

)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)m

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0ft

.(1

6.4

)(1

3.1

)(9

.8)

(6.6

)(3

.3)

mf t

.5

. 0(1

6.4

)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)m

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0ft

.(1

6.4

)(1

3.1

)(9

.8)

(6.6

)(3

.3)

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

Page 178: TB125 TB135 TB145

176

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Long ArmTB145

K3K019E

Ove

rF

ron

t;

Do

zer

Bla

de

Up

m6

.05

.04

.03

.02

.01

.00

ft.

(19

.7)

(16

.4)

(13

.1)

(9.8

)(6

.6)

(3.3

)

mf t

.6

. 0(1

9.7

)

5.0

(16

.4)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)

916*

(201

9*)

807*

(177

9*)

831*

(183

2*)

583

(128

5)

661

(145

7)97

3(2

145)

1273

*(2

806*

)

645

(142

1)93

0(2

050)

1472

(324

5)

632

(139

3)89

8(1

979)

1408

(310

4)14

10*

(310

8*)

885

(195

1)13

94(3

073)

2602

*(5

736*

)18

94*

(417

5*)

1414

(311

7)28

95*

(638

2*)

2988

*(6

587*

)

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

Page 179: TB125 TB135 TB145

177

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Long ArmTB145

K3K020

Ove

rR

ear

Ove

rS

ide

mf t

.6

. 0(1

9.7

)

5.0

(16

.4)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)m

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0ft

.(1

9.7

)(1

6.4

)(1

3.1

)(9

.8)

(6.6

)(3

.3)

m6

.05

.04

.03

.02

.01

.00

ft.

(19

.7)

(16

.4)

(13

.1)

(9.8

)(6

.6)

(3.3

)

mf t

.6

. 0(1

9.7

)

5.0

(16

.4)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)

916*

(201

9*)

807*

(177

9*)

831*

(183

2*)

725

(159

8)10

03*

(221

1*)

1273

*(2

806*

)

642

(141

5)

709

(156

3)10

15(2

237)

1598

(352

2)

696

(153

4)98

2(2

164)

1534

(338

1)14

10*

(310

8*)

970

(213

8)15

20(3

350)

2602

*(5

736*

)18

94*

(417

5*)

1540

(339

5)28

95*

(638

2*)

2988

*(6

587*

)

916*

(201

9*)

735

(162

0)

733

(161

5)

473

(104

2)70

4(1

552)

1129

(248

8)

411

(906

)

458

(100

9)66

5(1

466)

1032

(227

5)

445

(981

)63

4(1

397)

975

(214

9)14

10*

(310

8*)

623

(137

3)96

1(2

118)

1861

(410

2)18

94*

(417

5*)

980

(216

0)19

09(4

208)

2988

*(6

587*

)

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

Page 180: TB125 TB135 TB145

178

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Telescopic Arm (Fully Extended Arm)TB12534

1*(75

2*)

261

(575)

357

(787)

288

(635)

357

(787)

291

(642)

364

(802)

376

(829)

297

(655)

306

(675)

391

(862)

406

(895)

315

(694)

323

(712)

327

(721)

328*

(723*)

338*

(745*)

368*

(811*)

385*

(849*) 458*

(1010

*)

510

(1124

)

486

(1071

)

468

(1032

)

458

(1010

)

455

(1003

)

461

(1016

)

583*

(1285

*)

616

(1358

)

609

(1343

)

612

(1349

)

626

(1380

)

652

(1437

)

675*

(1488

*)

534*

(1177

*)

953*

(2101

*)

934

(2059

)

897

(1978

)

884

(1949

)

886

(1953

)

899

(1982

)

800*

(1764

*)11

49*

(2533

*)

1536

*(33

86*)

1525

(3362

)

1246

*(27

47*)

960*

(2116

*)62

2*(13

71*)

912*

(2011

*)

1229

*(27

09*)

1597

*(35

21*)

2046

*(45

11*)

1186

*(26

15*)

931*

(2053

*)

710*

(1565

*)

mf t

.

E5K021E

Ove

rF

ron

t;

Do

zer

Bla

de

Up

m4

.54

.03

.53

.02

.52

.01

.51

.00

.50

ft.(

14

.8)

(13

.1)

(11

.5)

(9.8

)(8

.2)

(6.6

)(4

.9)

(3.3

)(1

.6)

4. 0

(13

.1)

3.5

(11

.5)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.5

(8.2

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.5

(4.9

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0.5

(1.6

)

0(0

)

–0

.5(–

1.6

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–1

.5(–

4.9

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–2

.5(–

8.2

)

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

Page 181: TB125 TB135 TB145

179

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Telescopic Arm (Fully Extended Arm)TB125

E5K022

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

m4

.54

.03

.53

.02

.52

.01

.51

.00

.50

ft.(

14

.8)

(13

.1)

(11

.5)

(9.8

)(8

.2)

(6.6

)(4

.9)

(3.3

)(1

.6)

mf t

.

4. 0

(13

.1)

3.5

(11

.5)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.5

(8.2

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.5

(4.9

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0.5

(1.6

)

0(0

)

–0

.5(–

1.6

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–1

.5(–

4.9

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–2

.5(–

8.2

)m

4.5

4.0

3.5

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0ft

.(1

4.8

)(1

3.1

)(1

1.5

)(9

.8)

(8.2

)(6

.6)

(4.9

)(3

.3)

(1.6

)

mf t

.

4. 0

(13

.1)

3.5

(11

.5)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.5

(8.2

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.5

(4.9

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0.5

(1.6

)

0(0

)

–0

.5(–

1.6

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–1

.5(–

4.9

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–2

.5(–

8.2

)

341*

(752*)

320

(705)

435

(959)

353

(778)

435

(959)

356

(785)

442

(974)454

(1001

)36

3(80

0)

372

(820)

456*

(1005

*)

410*

(904*)

377*

(831*)

355*

(783*)

344*

(758*)

328*

(723*)

338*

(745*)

368*

(811*)

385*

(849*) 458*

(1010

*)

538*

(1186

*)

582

(1283

)

564

(1243

)

553

(1219

)

550

(1213

)

556

(1226

)

583*

(1285

*)

740

(1631

)

733

(1616

)

735

(1620

)

749

(1651

)

776

(1711

)

675*

(1488

*)

534*

(1177

*)

953*

(2101

*)

1108

(2443

)

1072

(2363

)

1058

(2332

)

1060

(2337

)

1036

*(22

84)

800*

(1764

*)11

49*

(2533

*)

1536

*(33

86*)

1615

*(35

60*)

1246

*(27

47*)

960*

(2116

*)62

2*(13

71*)

912*

(2011

*)

1229

*(27

09*)

1597

*(35

21*)

2046

*(45

11*)

1186

*(26

15*)

931*

(2053

*)

710*

(1565

*)

341*

(752*)

214

(472)

293

(646)

236

(520)

294

(648)

239

(527)

301

(664)

312

(688)

245

(540)

253

(558)

326

(719)

341

(752)

262

(578)

270

(595)

274

(604)

328*

(723*)

338*

(745*)

355

(783)

385*

(849*)

452

(996)

427

(941)

404

(891)

387

(853)

377

(831)

374

(825)

380

(838)

524

(1155

)

506

(1116

)

499

(1100

)

502

(1107

)

515

(1135

)

540

(1190

)

577

(1272

)

534*

(1177

*)

826

(1821

)

761

(1678

)

727

(1603

)

715

(1576

)

717

(1581

)

728

(1605

)

752

(1658

)11

49*

(2533

*)

1214

(2676

)

1189

(2621

)

1176

(2593

)

960*

(2116

*)62

2*(13

71*)

912*

(2011

*)

1229

*(27

09*)

1597

*(35

21*)

2046

*(45

11*)

1186

*(26

15*)

931*

(2053

*)

710*

(1565

*)

Ove

rR

ear

Ove

rS

ide

Page 182: TB125 TB135 TB145

180

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Telescopic Arm (Fully Retracted Arm)TB125

E5K023E

Ove

rF

ron

t;

Do

zer

Bla

de

Up

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

619

(1365

)46

5(10

25)

482*

(1063

*)

314

(692)

448*

(988*) 460*

(1014

*)

395

(871)

504*

(1111*

)58

6*(12

92*)

740*

(1631

*)

984

(2169

)68

3(15

06)

503

(1109

)38

4(84

7)

372

(820)

482

(1063

)64

5(14

22)

363

(800)

358

(789)

464

(1023

)

455

(1003

)

456

(1005

)60

8(13

40)

608

(1340

)

617

(1360

)

533*

(1175

*)

885

(1951

)

722*

(1592

*)

901

(1986

)13

10*

(2888

*)

948*

(2090

*)

1850

*(40

79*)

1319

*(29

08*)

1536

*(33

86*)

878

(1936

)

883

(1947

)

m4

.03

.53

.02

.52

.01

.51

.00

.50

ft.(

13

.1)

(11

.5)

(9.8

)(8

.2)

(6.6

)(4

.9)

(3.3

)(1

.6)

mf t

.

4. 0

(13

.1)

3.5

(11

.5)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.5

(8.2

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.5

(4.9

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0.5

(1.6

)

0(0

)

–0

.5(–

1.6

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–1

.5(–

4.9

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

Page 183: TB125 TB135 TB145

181

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Telescopic Arm (Fully Retracted Arm)TB125

E5K024

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

mf t

.

4. 0

(13

.1)

3.5

(11

.5)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.5

(8.2

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.5

(4.9

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0.5

(1.6

)

0(0

)

–0

.5(–

1.6

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–1

.5(–

4.9

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)m

4.0

3.5

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0ft

.(1

3.1

)(1

1.5

)(9

.8)

(8.2

)(6

.6)

(4.9

)(3

.3)

(1.6

)

1057

(2330

)

1052

(2319

)

1536

*(33

86*)

1319

*(29

08*)

1850

*(40

79*)

948*

(2090

*)

1310

*(28

88*)

967*

(2132

*)

722*

(1592

*)

1059

(2335

)

533*

(1175

*)

733*

(1616

*)

731

(1612

)

731

(1612

)55

2(12

17)

551

(1215

)

550*

(1213

*)

436

(961)

441

(972)

768

(1693

)57

8(12

74)

450

(992)462

(1019

)56

4*(12

43*)

703*

(1550

*)99

9*(22

02*)

740*

(1631

*)

586*

(1292

*)50

4*(11

11*)

457*

(1008

*)

460*

(1014

*)

448*

(988*)

383

(844)

482*

(1063

*) 561

(1237

)74

3(16

38)

714

(1574

)

710

(1565

)

1206

(2659

)13

19*

(2908

*)

1850

*(40

79*)

948*

(2090

*)

1228

(2707

)73

1(16

12)

722*

(1592

*)

716

(1579

)

528

(1164

)

509

(1122

)38

4(84

7)

482*

(1063

*)

259

(571)

448*

(988*) 457

(1008

)

330

(728)

441

(972)

586*

(1292

*)

740*

(1631

*)

808

(1781

)56

9(12

54)

420

(926)

320

(705)

308

(679)

400

(882)

533

(1175

)

299

(659)

294

(648)

382

(842)

374

(825)

375

(827)

498

(1098

)

498

(1098

)

507

(1118

)

mf t

.

4. 0

(13

.1)

3.5

(11

.5)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.5

(8.2

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.5

(4.9

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0.5

(1.6

)

0(0

)

–0

.5(–

1.6

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–1

.5(–

4.9

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)m

4.0

3.5

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0ft

.(1

3.1

)(1

1.5

)(9

.8)

(8.2

)(6

.6)

(4.9

)(3

.3)

(1.6

)

Ove

rR

ear

Ove

rS

ide

Page 184: TB125 TB135 TB145

182

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Telescopic Arm (Fully Extended Arm)TB135

G4K021E

Ove

rF

ron

t;

Do

zer

Bla

de

Up

m6

.05

.04

.03

.02

.01

.00

ft.

(19

.7)

(16

.4)

(13

.1)

(9.8

)(6

.6)

(3.3

)

mf t

.5

. 0(1

6.4

)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)

–4

.0(–

13

.1)

370*

(815

*)

356*

(784

*)

429*

(945

*)

315

(694

)

325

(716

)49

4(1

089)

736*

(162

2*)

1379

*(3

040*

)

464

(102

2)74

2(1

635)

1455

(320

7)

615*

(135

5*)

450

(992

)71

4(1

574)

1429

(315

0)12

28*

(270

7*)

723

(159

3)14

60(3

218)

1917

*(4

226*

)

980*

(216

0*)

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

Page 185: TB125 TB135 TB145

183

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Telescopic Arm (Fully Extended Arm)TB135

G4K022

Ove

rR

ear

Ove

rS

ide

mf t

.5

. 0(1

6.4

)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)

–4

.0(–

13

.1)

m6

.05

.04

.03

.02

.01

.00

ft.

(19

.7)

(16

.4)

(13

.1)

(9.8

)(6

.6)

(3.3

)m

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0ft

.(1

9.7

)(1

6.4

)(1

3.1

)(9

.8)

(6.6

)(3

.3)

mf t

.5

. 0(1

6.4

)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)

–4

.0(–

13

.1)

370*

(815

*)

356*

(784

*)

429*

(945

*)

382

(842

)

393

(866

)55

5*(1

223*

)73

6*(1

622*

)13

79*

(304

0*)

554

(122

1)87

5(1

929)

1703

(375

4)

615*

(135

5*)

540

(119

0)84

7(1

867)

1677

(369

7)12

28*

(270

7*)

856

(188

7)17

08(3

765)

1917

*(4

226*

)

980*

(216

0*)

370*

(815

*)

356*

(784

*)

429*

(945

*)

266

(586

)

275

(606

)42

1(9

28)

687

(151

4)13

19(2

907)

393

(866

)62

3(1

373)

1167

(257

2)

615*

(135

5*)

379

(835

)59

7(1

316)

1144

(252

2)12

28*

(270

7*)

605

(133

3)11

72(2

583)

1917

*(4

226*

)

980*

(216

0*)

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

Page 186: TB125 TB135 TB145

184

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Telescopic Arm (Fully Retracted Arm)TB135

G4K023E

Ove

rF

ron

t;

Do

zer

Bla

de

Up

590*

(130

0*)

522*

(115

0*)

492

(108

4)70

1*(1

545*

)

395

(870

)

469

(103

3)75

2(1

657)

453

(998

)71

4(1

574)

1415

*(3

119*

)

716

(157

8)14

49(3

194)

1861

*(4

102*

)

1205

*(2

656*

)

m5

.04

.03

.02

.01

.00

ft.

(16

.4)

(13

.1)

(9.8

)(6

.6)

(3.3

)

mf t

.5

. 0(1

6.4

)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

Page 187: TB125 TB135 TB145

185

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Telescopic Arm (Fully Retracted Arm)TB135

G4K024

Ove

rR

ear

Ove

rS

ide

590*

(130

0*)

522*

(115

0*)

583

(128

5)70

1*(1

545*

)

474

(104

4)

559

(123

2)88

5(1

951)

543

(119

7)84

6(1

865)

1415

*(3

119*

)

848

(186

9)16

97(3

741)

1861

*(4

102*

)

1205

*(2

656*

)

590*

(130

0*)

522*

(115

0*)

420

(925

)69

9(1

541)

334

(736

)

397

(875

)63

3(1

395)

382

(842

)59

7(1

316)

1138

(250

8)

598

(131

8)11

62(2

561)

1861

*(4

102*

)

1205

*(2

656*

)

mf t

.5

. 0(1

6.4

)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)m

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0ft

.(1

6.4

)(1

3.1

)(9

.8)

(6.6

)(3

.3)

mf t

.5

. 0(1

6.4

)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)m

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0ft

.(1

6.4

)(1

3.1

)(9

.8)

(6.6

)(3

.3)

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

Page 188: TB125 TB135 TB145

186

SPECIFICATIONS

Equipped with Telescopic Arm (Fully Extended Arm)TB145

Lifting Capacities

K3K021E

649*

(143

0*)

616*

(135

8*)

597*

(131

6*)

538*

(118

6*)

601

(132

4)71

3*(1

571*

)

415

(914

)

570

(125

6)85

8(1

891)

1362

*(3

002*

)

542

(119

4)79

9(1

761)

1288

(283

9)14

80*

(326

2*)

528

(116

4)76

7(1

690)

1236

(272

4)21

35*

(470

6*)

1363

*(3

004*

)

768

(169

3)12

41(2

735)

2687

(592

3)21

46*

(473

1*)

1260

*(2

777*

)22

39*

(493

6*)

3172

*(6

992*

)

m6

.05

.04

.03

.02

.01

.00

ft.

(19

.7)

(16

.4)

(13

.1)

(9.8

)(6

.6)

(3.3

)

mf t

.6

. 0(1

9.7

)

5.0

(16

.4)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)

–4

.0(–

13

.1)

Ove

rF

ron

t;

Do

zer

Bla

de

Up

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

Page 189: TB125 TB135 TB145

187

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Telescopic Arm (Fully Extended Arm)TB145

K3K022

Ove

rR

ear

Ove

rS

ide

649*

(143

0*)

616*

(135

8*)

597*

(131

6*)

538*

(118

6*)

665

(146

6)71

3*(1

571*

)

468

(103

1)

634

(139

7)94

3(2

078)

1362

*(3

002*

)

606

(133

5)88

4(1

948)

1414

(311

7)14

80*

(326

2*)

592

(130

5)85

2(1

878)

1363

(300

4)21

35*

(470

6*)

1363

*(3

004*

)

852

(187

8)13

67(3

013)

2932

(646

3)21

46*

(473

1*)

1260

*(2

777*

)22

39*

(493

6*)

3172

*(6

992*

)

649*

(143

0*)

616*

(135

8*)

429

(945

)53

8*(1

186*

)

410

(903

)65

2(1

437)

264

(582

)

380

(837

)58

9(1

298)

967

(213

1)

354

(780

)53

4(1

177)

854

(188

2)14

80*

(326

2*)

340

(749

)50

4(1

111)

808

(178

1)16

03(3

533)

1363

*(3

004*

)

505

(111

3)81

2(1

790)

1641

(361

7)21

46*

(473

1*)

864

(190

4)17

39(3

833)

3172

*(6

992*

)

mf t

.6

. 0(1

9.7

)

5.0

(16

.4)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)

–4

.0(–

13

.1)

m6

.05

.04

.03

.02

.01

.00

ft.

(19

.7)

(16

.4)

(13

.1)

(9.8

)(6

.6)

(3.3

)m

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0ft

.(1

9.7

)(1

6.4

)(1

3.1

)(9

.8)

(6.6

)(3

.3)

mf t

.6

. 0(1

9.7

)

5.0

(16

.4)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)

–4

.0(–

13

.1)

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

Page 190: TB125 TB135 TB145

188

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Telescopic Arm (Fully Retracted Arm)TB145

K3K023E

Ove

rF

ron

t;

Do

zer

Bla

de

Up

m6

.05

.04

.03

.02

.01

.00

ft.

(19

.7)

(16

.4)

(13

.1)

(9.8

)(6

.6)

(3.3

)

mf t

.5

. 0(1

6.4

)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)

997*

(219

7*)

837*

(184

5*)

902*

(198

8*)

860

(189

5)13

15*

(289

9*)

535

(117

9)

543

(119

7)80

4(1

772)

1288

(283

9)

769

(169

5)12

28(2

707)

767

(169

0)12

31(2

713)

2687

(592

3)21

46*

(473

1*)

1285

(283

2)21

94*

(483

6*)

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

Page 191: TB125 TB135 TB145

189

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Telescopic Arm (Fully Retracted Arm)TB145

K3K024

Ove

rR

ear

Ove

rS

ide

mf t

.5

. 0(1

6.4

)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)m

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0ft

.(1

9.7

)(1

6.4

)(1

3.1

)(9

.8)

(6.6

)(3

.3)

m6

.05

.04

.03

.02

.01

.00

ft.

(19

.7)

(16

.4)

(13

.1)

(9.8

)(6

.6)

(3.3

)

mf t

.5

. 0(1

6.4

)

4.0

(13

.1)

3.0

(9.8

)

2.0

(6.6

)

1.0

(3.3

)

0(0

)

–1

.0(–

3.3

)

–2

.0(–

6.6

)

–3

.0(–

9.8

)

997*

(219

7*)

837*

(184

5*)

902*

(198

8*)

944

(208

1)13

15*

(289

9*)

598

(131

8)

607

(133

8)88

9(1

959)

1414

(311

7)

854

(188

2)13

54(2

985)

852

(187

8)13

57(2

991)

2858

*(6

300*

)21

46*

(473

1*)

1346

*(3

007*

)21

94*

(483

6*)

997*

(219

7*)

632

(139

3)

902*

(198

8*)

590

(130

0)98

1(2

162)

349

(769

)

354

(780

)53

9(1

188)

854

(188

2)

506

(111

5)80

0(1

763)

504

(111

1)80

3(1

770)

1641

(361

7)21

46*

(473

1*)

851

(187

6)17

24(3

800)

Un

its:

kg(l

bs.

)

Page 192: TB125 TB135 TB145

190

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Middle ArmTB145

657

(147

7)

925

(208

1)

889

(199

8)

966

(217

7)13

70*

(308

0*)

644

(144

8)

1425

(320

2)

2796

*(6

285*

)

2668

*(5

997*

)

1396

(313

8)

601

(135

0)

889*

(199

8*)

888*

(199

7*)

1391

*(3

127*

)14

03(3

154)

896

(201

5)

978*

(219

9*)

1457

(327

6)

2100

*(4

720*

)

02.0

(6.6

)

5.0(

16.4

)

3.0

(9.8

)

- 1.0

(-3.

3)

6.0(

19.7

)m 1.0

(3.3

)

ft.

- 2.0

(-6.

6)

- 3.0

(-9.

8)

4.0(

13.1

)

01.

03.

02.

04.

05.

0m

6.0

(19.

7)(3

.3)

(6.6

)(9

.8)

(13.

1)(1

6.4)

ft.

Ove

r Fr

ont;

Doz

er B

lade

Up

Uni

ts: d

aN(lb

s.)

Page 193: TB125 TB135 TB145

191

SPECIFICATIONS

Lifting Capacities

Equipped with Middle ArmTB145

Uni

ts:d

aN(lb

s.)

721

(162

0)

1010

(227

1)

974

(218

9)

1051

(236

2)13

70*

(308

0*)

708

(159

1)

1550

(348

6)

2796

*(6

285*

)

2668

*(5

997*

)

1522

(342

2)

661

(148

6)

889*

(199

8*)

888*

(199

7*)

1391

*(3

127*

)15

28(3

437)

981

(220

5)

978*

(219

9*)

1583

(355

9)

2100

*(4

720*

)

469

(105

4)

660

(148

5)

626

(140

8)

698

(156

9)11

13(2

502)

457

(102

7)

989

(222

4)

1870

(420

4)

1925

(432

8)

964

(216

7)

425

(956

)

724

(162

7)

726

(163

3)

1391

*(3

127*

)97

0(2

181)

633

(142

3)

978*

(219

9*)

1019

(229

0)

2100

*(4

720*

)

m ft

02.0

(6.6

)

5.0(

16.4

)

3.0

(9.8

)

- 1.0

(-3.

3)

6.0(

19.7

)m 1.0

(3.3

)

ft.

- 2.0

(-6.

6)

- 3.0

(-9.

8)

4.0(

13.1

)

01.

03.

02.

04.

05.

06.

0(1

9.7)

(3.3

)(6

.6)

(9.8

)(1

3.1)

(16.

4)ft.

02.0

(6.6

)

5.0(

16.4

)

3.0

(9.8

)

- 1.0

(-3.

3)

6.0(

19.7

)m 1.0

(3.3

)

ft.

- 2.0

(-6.

6)

- 3.0

(-9.

8)

4.0(

13.1

)

01.

03.

02.

04.

05.

06.

0(1

9.7)

(3.3

)(6

.6)

(9.8

)(1

3.1)

(16.

4)m

Ove

r R

ear

Ove

r S

ide

Page 194: TB125 TB135 TB145

192

Page 195: TB125 TB135 TB145

193

OPTIONS

General Precautions ................................ 194

Safety Signs (Decals) ............................... 196

Biodegradable Oil .................................... 198

Switching the Lever Pattern .................... 199

Attachment Combination Table ............... 200

Middle Arm ............................................... 202

Long Arm.................................................. 204

Telescopic Arm ........................................ 207

Hydraulic Breaker .................................... 216

3-Hole Bucket ........................................... 218

Bucket ...................................................... 219

Travel Alarm ............................................. 222

Auxiliary Pedal ......................................... 223

Load Safety Device .................................. 224

Automatic Crawler Adjuster (TB145) ...... 226

Radio (for EU) ........................................... 228

Accumulator ............................................. 232

Operating Levers (with Second auxiliaryhydraulics) / TB145 ......................... 233

Air Conditioner (TB135 / TB145).............. 241

Battery Switch .......................................... 250

Immobilizer System ................................. 252

Page 196: TB125 TB135 TB145

194

OPTIONS

General Precautions

Precautions on Safety

WARNING

Heed the following when removing or installing an attachment or option:¡¡¡¡¡Consult with a Takeuchi dealer before installing optional attachments.¡¡¡¡¡Do not use attachments that have not been approved by Takeuchi or a Takeuchi

dealer. Doing so may compromise safety or adversely affect the machine’s operationor service life.

¡¡¡¡¡Takeuchi will not be held responsible for any injuries, accidents or damage toproducts caused by the use of a non-approved attachment.

¡¡¡¡¡Choose a flat, hard surface to perform the operations. Also make sure there is enoughlight and good ventilation.

¡¡¡¡¡Clean the area, remove any articles that may get in the way or be dangerous, andremove any spilt oil or grease.

¡¡¡¡¡When performing lifting operations, determine a person to lead the operations andalways follow that person’s instructions.• Follow the leader’s instructions on operating methods and procedures.• Determine a signal leader and heed this person’s signals.

¡¡¡¡¡When removing or installing the hoe attachment, place it in a stable position so thatit does not tip over.

¡¡¡¡¡Due to the risk of loads falling and/or hitting people, do not allow unauthorizedpersonnel in the work area.

¡¡¡¡¡Use the crane to carry heavy objects (25 kg (55 lb.) or greater).¡¡¡¡¡When removing heavy parts, be sure to prop them up before removing them. When

lifting them with a crane, be careful to balance them properly.¡¡¡¡¡Operating with loads suspended with the crane is dangerous. Place loads on a

stand and check for safety.¡¡¡¡¡When attaching the boom or arm, failure to follow proper procedures could result in

serious damage. Consult with a Takeuchi dealer beforehand.

Precautions on Installing Attachments

After replacing optional attachments or other special attachments, test-run them, then inspectthe hydraulic oil level and add oil if necessary.In addition, consult with a Takeuchi dealer for details of removal and installation procedures.

Page 197: TB125 TB135 TB145

195

OPTIONS

General Precautions

Precautions on Operating Attachments

WARNING

Long attachments reduce machine stability. When traveling down steep slopes orslewing on slopes, the machine may loose its balance and tip over.The following operations are particularly dangerous. Do not perform them.

¡¡¡¡¡When heavy attachments are installed, the overslew (the distance from where theoperation to stop slewing is performed until slewing stops completely) increasesand mistakes in judgment may result in the attachment hitting surrounding objects.Allow for plenty of room between the attachment and obstacles.In addition, the natural drop (the gradual dropping of the attachment under its ownweight when it is stopped in midair) also increases when heavy attachments areinstalled.

¡¡¡¡¡The machine can tip over more easily in the lateral direction than in the longitudinaldirection.• Do not slew (swing) sideways with excessive weight at the front. In particular do

not slew sideways on slopes.• The front is heavier for machines equipped with breakers, crushers or telescopic

arms than for machines equipped with the standard bucket. Do not operate suchmachines sideways, especially with the digging arm (boom) downhill.

¡¡¡¡¡When a long arm or a telescopic arm is installed, the operating range suddenlyincreases and mistakes in judgment may result in the attachment hitting surroundingobjects. Allow for plenty of room between the attachment and obstacles.

¡¡¡¡¡Traveling down slopeswith the attachment lifted

¡¡¡¡¡Traveling across slopes ¡¡¡¡¡Slewing on slopes

OE3A271 OE3A331OE3A2531

Page 198: TB125 TB135 TB145

196

OPTIONS

Safety Signs (Decals)

Keep all safety signs clean and legible.Replace all missing, illegible or damaged safety and warning signs.There are other safety signs in addition to the ones listed here. Treat them in the same way.

3

3

13

2

G4L0011

1

2

4

Page 199: TB125 TB135 TB145

197

OPTIONS

Safety Signs (Decals)

1. No.03593-32200 2. No.03593-32300

G A(ISO)

03593-32200

03593-32300

Check what type of lever control arrangement you are operating with before beginning operations.

WARNING

3. No.03593-30100 <TB125>

3. No.03793-27100 <TB135>

3. No.03993-28100 <TB145>

4. No.05693-53810

05693-53810

Setting this switch to the

OFF position will shut down

all of the electrical circuits and

the memory of the radio preset

tuning buttons will be deleted.

CAUTION

Page 200: TB125 TB135 TB145

198

OPTIONS

Biodegradable Oil

Biodegradable oil

Biodegradable oil is a new type of hydraulic oil that is decomposed into carbon dioxide andwater by microorganisms in the soil and water. It is highly safe for living organisms and offersadvantages in terms of environmental protection.¡Recommended biodegradable oil: Mobile EAL Envirosyn 46H (an ester synthetic oil).

When replacing the hydraulic oil with biodegradable oil, use the above or an equivalent oil.Note that other oils, even other brands of ester synthetic oils, may damage O-rings, packingsand seals. Takeuchi products shipped with the optional biodegradable oil are shipped withthe above brand of oil.

¡When switching from a mineral oil to a biodegradable oil, the parking brake torque decreasesby about 30%.

Replacing the hydraulic oil with biodegradable oil

Mixing mineral oil with biodegradable oil will result in a decrease of the hydraulic oil’sperformance as well as a decrease in biodegradability and safety. The hydraulic oil systemmust be flushed as described below before supplying the biodegradable oil. This operationis dangerous and requires experience. Have it performed by a Takeuchi sales or serviceoutlet.

Flushing¡To be performed by a Takeuchi sales or service outlet1. Drain the hydraulic oil (mineral oil) from the hydraulic tank and clean the inside of the tank

and suction strainer.Refer to page 123 “Replacing the Hydraulic Oil and Cleaning the Suction Strainer”.

2. Remove the cylinder hoses and drain the hydraulic oil (mineral oil) from inside the cylinders.3. Supply new biodegradable oil to the hydraulic tank.4. Bleed the air from the pump and cylinders and pressurize the hydraulic tank.5. Operate the hydraulic devices for 30 minutes.6. Drain the biodegradable oil from the tank and cylinders.7. Replace the hydraulic oil return filter with a new filter.8. Repeat steps 3 and 4.9. Operate the hydraulic devices for 30 minutes.10. Drain the biodegradable oil from the tank and cylinders.11. Repeat steps 3 and 4.12. Operate the hydraulic devices for 1 hour.13. Drain the biodegradable oil from the tank and cylinders.14. Replace the return filter with a new filter.15. Repeat steps 3 and 4.16. Operate the hydraulic devices, then check for oil leakage.¡There is no need to flush the hydraulic oil system when switching from biodegradable to

mineral hydraulic oil.

Page 201: TB125 TB135 TB145

199

OPTIONS

Switching the Lever Pattern

1. Park the machine in a safe place and turnoff the engine.

2. Fully open the cab door and fix it in place.3. Lift up the floor mat at the cab entrance.4. Open the cover (1).5. Loosen the wing bolt (2).6. Turn the selector valve lever (3) and switch

the pattern.7. Tighten the wing bolt (2) and fasten the

lever (3) in place.8. Close the cover (1) and set the floor mat

back in place.9. Check the lever pattern.

The operating pattern of the left and right operating levers can be changed.

WARNING

Before starting the engine, check the selector to see which operating pattern the leftand right operating levers are set for.

Switching the Lever Pattern

(A) : ISO pattern(G) : JCB pattern

ISO

A

JCB

G

C4L004

L3L0021

2 3

GA

1

Page 202: TB125 TB135 TB145

200

OPTIONS

Attachment Combination Table

Below is the bucket combination table for when standard arms, long arms and telescopicarms are installed.Heed this table.

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Consult with a Takeuchi dealer before installing optional attachments.¡¡¡¡¡Do not use attachments that have not been approved by Takeuchi or a Takeuchi

dealer. Doing so may compromise safety or adversely affect the machine’s operationor service life.

¡¡¡¡¡Takeuchi will not be held responsible for any injuries, accidents or damage toproducts caused by the use of a non-approved attachment.

¡¡¡¡¡TB125The swing stopper must be mounted when a bucket wider than a 490W bucket is mounted.

¡¡¡¡¡TB135The swing stopper must be mounted when a bucket wider than a 630W bucket is mounted.

Failure to mount the swing stopper may result in the bucket hitting the machine body.

√ : Usable ∆ : Usable for light operations (digging and loading operations with dry, loose or mud) – : Not usable

Total bucket weight = Weight of bucket + Weight of full bucket load (specific gravity : 1.8)

<TB125>

BucketRated Capacity

m3 (cu.yd.)

Bucket cuttingwidth

mm (inch)

Standard Arm1135 mm (45 in.)

Long Arm1445 mm (57 in.)

Telescopic Arm1150 to 1740 mm

(45 to 69 in.)

300W 0.043 (0.056) 300 (11.8)

330W 0.044 (0.058) 330 (13.0)

460W (S.T.D.) 0.068 (0.089) 460 (18.1)

490W 0.075 (0.098) 490 (19.3)

530W 0.084 (0.110) 530 (20.9)

600W 0.104 (0.136) 600 (23.6)

3-Hole Bucket 0.093 (0.121) 460 (18.1)

Total bucket weight = Within 134kgfor Telescopic Arm (295 lb.)

Total bucket weight = Within 263kg(580 lb.)

Hydraulic Breaker (TKB-101)

√ √ √

√ √ √

√ √ —

√ ∆ —

√ ∆ —

√ ∆ —

√ ∆ —

√ √ √

√ ∆ —

√ √ —

Within 600 (23.6)

Within 600 (23.6)

Page 203: TB125 TB135 TB145

201

OPTIONS

Attachment Combination Table

<TB135>

<TB145>

BucketRated Capacity

m3 (cu.yd.)

Bucket cuttingwidth

mm (inch)

Standard Arm1290 mm (51 in.)

Long Arm1600 mm (63 in.)

Telescopic Arm1300 to 2090 mm

(51 to 82 in.)

310W 0.042 (0.055) 310 (12.2)

380W 0.056 (0.073) 380 (15.0)

400W 0.061 (0.080) 400 (15.7)

500W 0.088 (0.115) 500 (19.7)

570W (S.T.D.) 0.105 (0.137) 570 (22.4)

630W 0.113 (0.148) 630 (24.8)

680W 0.123 (0.161) 680 (26.8)

800W 0.148 (0.193) 800 (31.5)

3-Hole Bucket 0.130 (0.170) 610 (24.0)

Total bucket weight = Within 232kgfor Telescopic Arm (512 lb.)

Total bucket weight = Within 366kg(807 lb.)

Hydraulic Breaker (TKB-101)

Hydraulic Breaker (TKB-201)

√ √ √

√ √ √

√ √ √

√ √ √

√ √ —

√ ∆ —

√ ∆ —

√ ∆ —

√ ∆ —

√ √ √

√ ∆ —

√ √ —

√ √ —

Within 800 (31.5)

Within 800 (31.5)

360W 0.064 (0.084) 360 (14.2)

430W 0.083 (0.109) 430 (16.9)

530W 0.113 (0.148) 530 (20.9)

630W (S.T.D.) 0.141 (0.184) 630 (24.8)

680W 0.156 (0.204) 680 (26.9)

730W 0.171 (0.224) 730 (28.7)

3-Hole Bucket 0.188 (0.246) 610 (24.0)

Total bucket weight = Within 334kgfor Telescopic Arm (736 lb.)

Total bucket weight = Within 458kg(1010 lb.)

√ √ √ √

√ √ √ √

√ √ √ √

√ √ √ —

√ ∆ ∆ —

√ ∆ ∆ —

√ ∆ ∆ —

√ √ √ √

√ ∆ ∆ —

√ √ √ —

Within 730 (28.7)

Within 730 (28.7)

BucketRated

Capacitym3 (cu.yd.)

Bucketcutting width

mm (inch)

Standard Arm1450 mm(57 in.)

Long Arm1760 mm(69 in.)

Telescopic Arm1460 to 2350 mm(57 to 93 in.)

Middle Arm1600 mm(63 in.)

Hydraulic Breaker (TKB-301)

Page 204: TB125 TB135 TB145

202

OPTIONS

Middle Arm

Operating Ranges (TB145)

Front slewing radius

795(31.3)

R2005(78.9)

R2190(86.1)R1705(67.1)71

0(28

)71

5(28

.1)

1010(39.7)

4300

(169

.3)O

verra

ll hei

ght;

when

min

imum

fron

t slew

ing

2185(85.9)

Values are indicated in units of mm, inches in ( ).

Bucket offset

4060

(159

.8)

Max

. dum

ping

hei

ght

5690

(224

.1)

Max

. dig

ging

hei

ght

4115(161.9)in Transport position

3650

(143

.7)

Max

. dig

ging

dep

th

2885

(113

.7) M

ax. v

ertic

al d

iggi

ng d

epth

3965(156.2)

5855(230.6) Max. ground digging radius

5990(235.9) Max. digging radius

1425

(56.

1)M

in. d

umpi

ng h

eigh

t

85(3

.3)

Page 205: TB125 TB135 TB145

203

MEMO

Page 206: TB125 TB135 TB145

204

OPTIONS

Long Arm

Operating Ranges (TB125)

4435(174.6)Max.diggingheight

2890(113.7)Max.diggingdepth

3175(125)max.dumpingheight

2205(86.9)Max.verticaldiggingdepth

3325(130.9) Max. vertical digging radius

4725(185.9) Max. ground digging radius

4850(190.9) Max. digging radius

3205(126.1) in Transport position

3425(134.8)O

verr

allh

eigh

t;w

hen

min

imum

fron

tsle

win

g

1880(74.1)

1270(50.1) 610(24.0)

540(21.2) 560(22.0)

R1725(68.0)

R1885(74.2)

R1495(59.0)

50(2.0)Bucket offset

E5L004

Values are indicated in units of mm. inches in ( ).

Front slewing radius

Page 207: TB125 TB135 TB145

205

OPTIONS

Long Arm

Operating Ranges (TB135)

G4L006

Front slewing radius

Values are indicated in units of mm, inches in ( ).

Bucket offset

685(27)1220(48.1)

R1790(70.5)

R1950(76.8)

R1530(60.3)

620(24.4)

615(24.1)

65(2.6)

3800

(149

.7)

Max

.dum

ping

heig

ht

5225

(205

.6)

Max

.dig

ging

heig

ht

3810

(150

)O

verr

allh

eigh

t;w

hen

min

imum

fron

tsle

win

g

1950(76.7)

3625(142.6) in Transport position

3415

(134

.4)

Max

.dig

ging

dept

h

2615

(103

)M

ax.v

ertic

aldi

ggin

gde

pth

3680(144.8)

5345(210.5) Max. ground digging radius

5465(215.2) Max. digging radius

Page 208: TB125 TB135 TB145

206

OPTIONS

Long Arm

Operating Ranges (TB145)

K3L007

4300

(169

.3)

Ove

rral

lhei

ght;

whe

nm

inim

umfr

onts

lew

ing

2195(86.4)

Front slewing radius

Values are indicated in units of mm, inches in ( ).

Bucket offset

795(31.3)1050(41.3)

R2020(79.5)

R2195(86.5)

R1720(67.7)710(28)

715(28.1)

85(3.3)

4170

(164

.3)

Max

.dum

ping

heig

ht

5805

(228

.5)

Max

.dig

ging

heig

ht

4140(162.9) in Transport position

3810

(150

)M

ax.d

iggi

ngde

pth

3050

(120

.2)

Max

.ver

tical

digg

ing

dept

h

4020(158.2)

6015(236.8) Max. ground digging radius

6145(241.9) Max. digging radius

Page 209: TB125 TB135 TB145

207

OPTIONS

K3L006

BA

Telescopic Arm

Extending and Retracting the Arm

Use the auxiliary hydraulics controls toextend and retract the telescopic arm.

(A) Extend(B) Retract

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Excavator must be equipped withboom swing stopper.

¡¡¡¡¡Use caution when operating.Telescopic arm reduces craningcapacity and bucket may come intocontact with excavator. Excavator maybecome unstable when operating overthe side or with boom swing.

¡¡¡¡¡SAE heaped capacity of bucketinstalled on telescopic arm must notexceed TB125-0.044 m3 (0.058 cu.yd.) /TB135-0.088 m3 (0.115 cu.yd.) / TB145-0.113 m3 (0.148 cu.yd.) .

¡¡¡¡¡Do not install hydraulic breaker,compactor or similar attachment ontelescopic arm.

Caution on Using the Arm

¡The machine may loose balance and tipover when slewing or operating theattachment on slopes. It is particularlydangerous to slew with the arm extendedon the bucket full. Never do so.

¡NEVER slew suddenly or stop slewingsuddenly with the arm extended. Doingso may damage the arm.

B

A

G4B016

OL1L060

OE3A331

Page 210: TB125 TB135 TB145

208

OPTIONS

OL1L070

Telescopic Arm

¡Do not put the arm under water. Also avoidmoisture when storing.

¡The arm pressing speed is slow whenpressing the arm while simultaneouslyextending it, but the arm pressing speedsuddenly comes faster when the armextending operation is stopped or thecylinder end is reached. Be careful not tohit surrounding objects.

¡Do not operate on base rock or hard soils,as doing so may shorten the arm’s servicelife.

¡Do not change directions with machinelifted by pressing the bucket pressedagainst the ground. Doing so may damagethe arm.

¡When dumping soil from the bucket orshaking the bucket to remove theremaining soil, do so with the arm retractedto protect the arm extension/retractionsection.

OL1L080

OL1L090

OL1L100

OL1L110

OL1L120

Page 211: TB125 TB135 TB145

209

OPTIONS

Telescopic Arm

Inspection and Maintenance

Greasing¡Every day or every 10 hours¡Type of grease ..... Lithium-based multi-

purpose grease No. 2¡Greasing points

1. Fully retract the bucket, arm and thetelescopic cylinders, lower the boom andground the bucket.

2. Lower the blade and stop the engine.3. Clean the grease nipple.4. Add grease to the grease nipple using a

grease gun.5. Wipe off the grease that has been

squeezed out and any extra grease.

Looseness in the telescopic armWhen the telescopic arm is used for longperiods of time, wear of the sliding parts maycause the gap between the outside arm andinside arm to increase to above the set value,resulting in looseness.Other parts may be damaged if the telescopicarm is used with such looseness. Contact aTakeuchi dealer for maintenance.Note that no maintenance is necessary otherthan the greasing described above.

OK2L040

Page 212: TB125 TB135 TB145

210

OPTIONS

Telescopic Arm

Operating Ranges TB125 (Fully Extended Arm)

1925(75.8)

1315(51.8)610(24.0)

540(21.2)560(22.0)

R1795(70.6

)

R1930(75.9)

R1535(60.6)

50(2.0)

Values are indicated in units of mm, inches in ( ).

Bucket offset

3055(120.2)Max.dumpingheight

4170(164.2)Max.diggingheight

3165(124.6)Max.diggingdepth

1645(64.7)Max.verticaldiggingdepth

4110(161.8)Max. vertical digging radius

4885(192.2) Max. ground digging radius

5005(197.0) Max. digging radiusE5L005

Front slewing radius

Page 213: TB125 TB135 TB145

211

OPTIONS

Telescopic Arm

Operating Ranges TB125 (Fully Retracted Arm)

Values are indicated in units of mm, inches in ( ).

E5L006

1970(77.6)

1360(53.6) 610(24.0)

540(21.2)560(22.0)

R1810(71.3)

R1975(77.7)

R1580(62.2)50(2.0)Bucket offset

3450(135.8)Overrallheight;whenminimum

frontslewing

2905(114.4)Max.dumpingheight

4025(158.4)Max.diggingheight

3240(127.6) in Transport position

2590(101.9)Max.diggingdepth

1080(42.5)Max.verticaldiggingdepth

4375(172.2) Max. ground digging radius

4510(177.6) Max. digging radius

3905(153.8)Max. vertical digging radius

Front slewing radius

Page 214: TB125 TB135 TB145

212

OPTIONS

Telescopic Arm

Operating Ranges TB135 (Fully Extended Arm)

G4L007

Front slewing radius

Values are indicated in units of mm, inches in ( ).

Bucket offset

685(27)1365(53.8)

R1945(76.5)

R2100(82.7)

R1685(66.3)

620(24.4)

615(24.1)

65(2.6)

3825

(150

.6)

Max

.dum

ping

heig

ht

5160

(203

.1)

Max

.dig

ging

heig

ht38

75(1

52.5

)M

ax.d

iggi

ngde

pth

2395

(94.

3)M

ax.v

ertic

aldi

ggin

gde

pth

4445(175)

5695(224.2) Max. ground digging radius

5805(228.6) Max. digging radius

2090(82.4)

Page 215: TB125 TB135 TB145

213

OPTIONS

Telescopic Arm

Operating Ranges TB135 (Fully Retracted Arm)

G4L008

3880

(152

.8)

Ove

rral

lhei

ght;

whe

nm

inim

umfr

onts

lew

ing

2055(80.9)

Front slewing radius

Values are indicated in units of mm, inches in ( ).

Bucket offset

685(27)1330(52.3)

R1910(75.1)

R2065(81.2)

R1650(65)

620(24.4)

615(24.1)

65(2.6)

3500

(137

.8)

Max

.dum

ping

heig

ht

4835

(190

.4)

Max

.dig

ging

heig

ht

3715(146.3) in Transport position

3110

(122

.5)

Max

.dig

ging

dept

h

1625

(64)

Max

.ver

tical

digg

ing

dept

h

4225(166.4)

5010(197.2) Max. ground digging radius

5135(202.2) Max. digging radius

Page 216: TB125 TB135 TB145

214

OPTIONS

Telescopic Arm

Operating Ranges TB145 (Fully Extended Arm)

K3L008

2370(93.3)

Front slewing radius

Values are indicated in units of mm, inches in ( ).

Bucket offset

795(31.3)1225(48.3)

R2200(86.7)

R2380(93.7)

R1890(74.4)710(28)

715(28.1)

85(3.3)

4525

(178

.2)

Max

.dum

ping

heig

ht

6145

(242

)M

ax.d

iggi

nghe

ight

4405

(173

.3)

Max

.dig

ging

dept

h

3500

(137

.9)

Max

.ver

tical

digg

ing

dept

h

4335(170.7)

6580(259) Max. ground digging radius

6695(263.6) Max. digging radius

Page 217: TB125 TB135 TB145

215

OPTIONS

Telescopic Arm

Operating Ranges TB145 (Fully Retracted Arm)

K3L009

4335

(170

.7)

Ove

rral

lhei

ght;

whe

nm

inim

umfr

onts

lew

ing

2315(91.1)

Front slewing radius

Values are indicated in units of mm, inches in ( ).

Bucket offset

795(31.3)1170(46.1)

R2150(84.6)

R2325(91.5)

R1840(72.5)710(28)

715(28.1)

85(3.3)

4025

(158

.5)

Max

.dum

ping

heig

ht

5645

(222

.2)

Max

.dig

ging

heig

ht

4230(166.6) in Transport position

3510

(138

.2)

Max

.dig

ging

dept

h

2620

(103

)M

ax.v

ertic

aldi

ggin

gde

pth

4165(164)

5750(226.3) Max. ground digging radius

5885(231.7) Max. digging radius

Page 218: TB125 TB135 TB145

216

OPTIONS

Hydraulic Breaker

For handling of the breaker, read thehydraulic breaker’s manual, providedseparately.

IMPORTANT: When mounting devices,select devices suited for this machine.For advice on selecting device, contact aTakeuchi sales or service outlet.

Precautions on Operating

¡Run the engine with 75% the maximumspeed.

¡Pound with the chisel perpendicular to thesurface you are pounding.

¡When pounding, press the chisel properlyagainst the object to be broken so as toavoid pounding the air.

C4L005

Pressing force

¡Do not pry with the chisel, and do not prywhile pounding.

¡Do not move the chisel while pounding.¡Do not pound continuously for over 30

seconds on the same surface.

¡Do not pound with the cylinder fullyextended or contracted (at the stroke end).Leave a margin of at least 5 cm (2 in.).

¡Do not pound with the arm perpendicularto the ground surface.

Page 219: TB125 TB135 TB145

217

OPTIONS

Hydraulic Breaker

¡Do not drop the breaker itself on the objectto be broken in order to break it.

¡Do not move objects to be broken or rockswith the breaker itself.

¡Slew occasionally to cool the engine.¡ If a hydraulic hose is vibrating abnormally,

nitrogen gas may be leaking from theaccumulator. Have an inspection as soonas possible.

Replace the hydraulic oilregularly!

¡When using a hydraulic breaker, the oildeteriorates quicker than during normaldigging. Be sure to replace the hydraulicoil and return filter element.• Failure to replace these in time can lead

to damage to the machine and breaker’shydraulic systems. In order to improvethe service life of the hydraulic systems,be sure to replace the hydraulic oil andreturn filter element according to thefollowing chart of the replacementinterval.

• Clean the suction strainer whenchanging the return filter element.

Replacement Interval (Hours)

Item Hydraulic Oil Filter Element

1st time 25

2nd time 100

Periodically 600 200

When the breaker operating ratio is 100%

2000

1500

1000

500

0 40 100806020Breaker operating ratio (%)

Rep

lace

men

t int

erva

l (H

)

N0G036

Replacement interval for hydraulic oil

Replacement interval for filter element

Page 220: TB125 TB135 TB145

218

OPTIONS

3-Hole Bucket

The digging capacity increases when thebucket’s link arm installation position isswitched from (A) to (B). However, thisshortens the bucket stroke.

• Struck capacity (SAE):TB125: 0.075 m3 (0.098 cu. yd.)TB135: 0.100 m3 (0.130 cu. yd.)TB145: 0.149 m3 (0.195 cu. yd.)

• Rated capacity (SAE):TB125: 0.093 m3 (0.121 cu. yd.)TB135: 0.130 m3 (0.170 cu. yd.)TB145: 0.188 m3 (0.246 cu. yd.)

Changing the Link ArmInstallation Position

Refer to page 128 “Replacing the Bucket” inthe manual.

OL1L170

A B

OL1L180

Page 221: TB125 TB135 TB145

219

OPTIONS

Bucket

Adjusting the gap between thebucket and arm

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Before performing maintenance orrepairs under the machine, set allworking equipment against the groundor in the lowermost position.

¡¡¡¡¡To prevent unexpected movement,securely block the working equipmentwhen adjusting.

1. Ground the bucket as shown on thediagram above in a stable position.

2. Check that the bucket dose not move, thenset the safety lock lever to the lockedposition and stop the engine.

3. Slide the O-ring (1) to bring the gap (A)into view and measure the width of thegap (A).The gap (A) should be 0.5 mm (0.02 in.)Swing the bucket slightly to the left andlightly press the arm point to the left sideof the bucket (the side without an adjuster).

4. Remove the three bolts (2), the end plate(3) and flange (4).

5. Extract adjustment shim (5) from betweenflange (4) and the bucket body accordingto gap (A).Adjustment shim thickness : 0.5 mm (0.02in.)Be careful that the gap is no less than 0.5mm (0.02 in.) after adjustment.

SupplementExample (for a gap of 2 mm or 0.08 in.):2 mm – 0.5 mm (standard value)

= 1.5 mm (0.06 in)In the above example, three shims (5) shouldbe removed.

6. Insert adjustment shim (5) removed in step5 above between end plate (3) and flange(4) and fasten it in place with the threebolts (2).• Tightening torque for bolts (2)

54.9 N·m (40.5 ft-lb.)

7. Return the O-ring (1) to their originalposition.

E4G048

E4G049

A1

E4G050

43

2

E4G051

A

54

32

5

1

Page 222: TB125 TB135 TB145

220

OPTIONS

Bucket

Replacing the Bucket Teeth andthe Side Cutters

Replace the bucket teeth and the side cutterswhen the tooth points or the side cutters areworn, before the adapter or the bucket isdamaged.

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Before performing maintenance orrepairs under the machine, set allworking equipment against the groundor in the lowermost position.

¡¡¡¡¡To prevent unexpected movement,securely block the working elementswhen repairing or replacing the bucketteeth and the side cutters.

¡¡¡¡¡Wear required appropriate equipmentsuch as safety glasses when usinghammers, as metal fragments or otherobjects can fly and cause seriouspersonal injury.

¡¡¡¡¡Do not allow unauthorized personnelin the work area.

¡¡¡¡¡Bucket toothRemoval1. Clean the bucket and park the machine in

a flat, safe place where the ground is hard.

2. Set the bottom surface of the bucket flatand lower it on a block so that the lockingpin can be knocked out.

3. Remove the key, then check that thebucket is stable.

4. Remove locking pin (1) and remove point(2).

5. Take out rubber pin lock (3) and checkwhether it is still usable.

E ....... When these are cracks in the rubberand it seems like the roller is aboutto come off.

F ....... When the roller becomes dentedwhen pressed with a finger.

E4G042

E4G043

3

21 4

E4G044

F

E

Page 223: TB125 TB135 TB145

221

OPTIONS

Bucket

Installation

1. Push rubber pin lock (3) into weldingadaptor (4).

Do not let the rubber pin lock stick out pastthe welding adapter surface.

2. Install point (2) onto welding adaptor (4).• Insert the point so that the surface

behind the point’s pin hole is flush ordeeper than the surface behind thewelding adapter’s pin hole.

3. Drive in locking pin (1).

After driving in the locking pin, use a pin withthe same surface as the point surface. Donot use worn locking pins.

Side cutterRefer to page 127 “When Required”.

E4G045

34

E4G047

1

Improper Proper Proper

E4G046

4

2

Page 224: TB125 TB135 TB145

222

OPTIONS

Travel Alarm

Factory optionAn alarm is sounded when the machinetravels and stops when traveling is stopped.If the alarm does not sound when themachine travels, the fuse may be blown.Inspect the fuse.

WARNING

If the fuse which has just been replacedshould blow again, there is a problem inthe electrical system. This could causefires. Contact a Takeuchi dealer.

1. Park the machine in a safe place.2. Set the starter switch to “OFF”.3. Loosen the screws, then remove the cover

(1).4. Inspect for blown fuse.5. If a fuse is blown, replace it with a spare

fuse of the same capacity.

Fuse Layout and Circuits Protected

G4B004

1

E4J007

NormalBlown

Capacity Protected circuit

20A Horn

30A Air Conditioner

(OPT)

10A Second travel speed

10A Instrument panel,

Feed pump

15A Radio,

Heater

20A Cigarette lighter,

Wiper

15A Solenoid A, B

20A Lights

20A Lever lock

15A External power socket

Travel alarm

30A Stop solenoid

Capacity Protected circuit

Page 225: TB125 TB135 TB145

223

OPTIONS

Auxiliary Pedal

WARNING

When not using the pedal, set the pedallock to the locked position. Stepping ona pedal accidentally when it is not lockedmay lead to unexpected accidents.

This pedal controls the flow of the oil in theauxiliary hydraulic circuit.(A) .... Hydraulic oil flows to left auxiliary

hose(B) .... Hydraulic oil flows to right auxiliary

hose¡When the safety lock lever is set to the

lock position, this pedal is locked.Refer to page 52 “Auxiliary HydraulicLines”.

K3L016

K3L017

AB

Page 226: TB125 TB135 TB145

224

OPTIONS

The load safety devices include anemergency shut-off valve and an overloadwarning device. The emergency shut-offvalve stops the boom part way through a fall.The overload warning device sounds analarm when an excessive load is applied.

Emergency shut-off valve

When the hose of the boom cylinder isruptured and the boom falls, the emergencyshut-off valve is activated and stops the boompart way through the fall.

WARNING

If the boom drops and the emergencyshut-off valve is activated, immediatelymove away from the suspended object.

<TB125 · TB135>Type A

Type B

Load Safety Device

1

OG3L060

K3L004

1

<TB145>Type A

Type B

If the emergency shut-off valve (1) isactivated, immediately set the operating leverto the neutral position. Do not move theoperating lever to the boom lowering side.Contact a Takeuchi dealer for maintenance.

<TB145>Type A

1. Check for safety in the working area andfor stability of the machine and lifted load.

2. Loosen the emergency shut-off valve’slock nut (3) and stem (4) to lower theboom.

L3L0141

3 4

K3L018

1

Page 227: TB125 TB135 TB145

225

OPTIONS

Overload Warning Device

If a weight greater than the machine isdesigned to lift is lifted, the overload warningdevice is activated and a horn is sounded(when the overload warning switch is turnedon).

WARNING

Continuing to apply the load after theoverload warning horn sounds couldresult in the machine tipping over or theemergency shut-off valve being activated.If the horn sounds, stop operating themachine and lighten the load.

Overload warning switch (2)O position ......... OFF I position ......... ON

When the emergency shut-offvalve is act ivated, theoverload warning horn stops.(This is because the pressuresensor can no longer detecthydraulic pressure.)

K3L005

2

Load Safety Device

3. Check for stability of the hoe attachmentand load.

4. Tighten the stem (4) and secure it with thelock nut (3).Tightening torque:• Stem (4) 1.0 to 1.5 N·m (0.7 to 1.1 ft-lb.)• Lock nut (3) 3.9 to 4.4 N·m (2.9 to 3.3 ft-

lb.)

<TB125 · TB135· TB145>Type BIf the engine can be started, the boom canbe lowered with the operating lever. Checkfor safety, then slowly lower the boom.If the engine cannot be started, the boomcan be lowered using the proceduredescribed below.

1. Check for safety in the working area andfor stability of the machine and lifted load.

2. Remove the cap (2).3. Loosen the lock nut (3).4. Tighten the stem (4) to lower the boom.5. Check for stability of the hoe attachment

and load.6. Loosen the stem (4) and secure it with the

lock nut (3).

W2L009

23 4

Page 228: TB125 TB135 TB145

226

OPTIONS

Automatic Crawler Adjuster (TB145)

2. Stop the engine.

3. Remove the valve covers (1) at the centerof the left and right crawler frames.

4. Loosen the lock plate (2) counterclockwise.5. Turn the valve handle (3) counterclockwise

to loosen the tension of the crawler.6. Once the crawler is completely loose,

tighten the valve handle (3).7. Tighten the lock plate (2).8. Do the same for the other side.

9. Slowly lower the dozer blade side of themachine body, by the dozer blade lever.(Do not start the engine.)

Replacing Rubber Crawler Belts

WARNING

¡¡¡¡¡Replacements should always be doneby two persons, with one person actingas operator and following instructionsfrom the other.

¡¡¡¡¡The machine must be elevated beforereplacing the rubber crawler belts. Becareful not to allow the machine to fallwhen replacing crawler belts, since thiscould be extremely dangerous. Slowlylower the machine on the side of theidler and remove the crawler belts.

This machine uses a hydraulic cylinder toadjust the tension of the crawler belts. Notethat it is not necessary to regularly performadjustments of the tension of the belt itself.

IMPORTANT: During the replacementprocedure, only start the engine whenraising and lowering the machine body.Otherwise, always keep the engine off.IMPORTANT: When the travel speedswitch is set to the 2nd speed side whilethe engine is running, the tensioningcylinder rods extend and the crawlers aretightened.

Removal

1. Start the engine and raise the machinebody with the hoe attachment and dozerblade.

Page 229: TB125 TB135 TB145

227

OPTIONS

Automatic Crawler Adjuster (TB145)

10. Ground the crawlers and lower themachine body so that the crawler slackis maximum.

11. When the crawlers come away from theidlers, slide the crawlers to the outsideand remove them.

12. Disengage the crawlers and sprockets,then remove the crawlers from thecrawler frames.

Installation1. Engage the crawlers with the left and right

sprockets.2. Set the left and right crawlers on the idlers.3. Start the engine.4. Press the travel speed switch once and

set it to the 2nd speed side. The left andright crawlers are tightenedsimultaneously.

5. Check that the crawlers are properlytightened. Standard value (A), (B).Refer to page 111 “Inspecting andAdjusting the Crawler Tension”.

Page 230: TB125 TB135 TB145

228

OPTIONS

Radio (for EU)

General operation

Turning the power onPress the ON/OFF button 1.

Turning the power off ....................... 1, 2Press the ON/OFF button 1 to stop currentoperation.The LED 2 lights when the ACC is on.

Electronic controls ........................... 3, 4Press the SEL button 3 to select the audiofunctions as shown in the table below.To adjust the volume, press the AUDIOCONTROL button 4 while in the volumemode.To adjust the bass, treble, balance or fader,press the SEL button to select the desiredoperation, then press the - or + side of theAUDIO CONTROL button.Supplement: While no other mode isdisplayed, the AUDIO CONTROL buttonfunctions as a volume control.

Loudness (LOUD) button ..................... 5Press the LOUD button 5 to enhance thelow-frequency sound at all volume levels.When the LOUDNESS is on, on is displayedfor 3 seconds. Press the LOUD button againto turn the LOUDNESS off and oFF isdisplayed for 3 seconds.

Radio selection button (BAND) ............ 6Each time the button is pressed, the functionchanges as shown below.

→ FM1 → FM2 → MW

MODE ----- (Min) +++++ (Max)

Down 0

Down -5

Down -5

Left L9

Front F9

Up 50

Up +5

Up +5

Right R9

Rear R9

VOL↓

BAS↓

TRE↓

BAL↓

FAD

C4C030

ON/OFF

LOUD

AUDIO CONTEOL

HI-POWER 35Wx4 / AUTO RADIO ACCESS

ELECTRONIC AUDIO CONTROL FXC-315

P SCANー .

DIR

ATP

TUNE/SEEK

CLOCK

SEL

1 2 3

4 5 6B A N D

+

+

12 3 7

5 4 6 8

Page 231: TB125 TB135 TB145

229

OPTIONS

Radio (for EU)

To cancel the beep tones ............. 1, 7, 8The unit emits a beep tone to confirm that afunction button has been pressed. To cancelthe function, follow the procedures below.

1 Turn off the power by depressing the ON/OFF button 1.

2 With ACC on, press the ATP button 7and the preset button 6 8 simultaneouslyuntil the display lights. The beep tones arecancelled and boF F is displayed.

3 To turn the beep tones on again, repeatsteps 1 and 2 and b-on is displayed.

Tape operation

Selecting tape modeInsert a cassette into the tape slot 1 andthe tape player will start.

Switching the tape direction ............ 2, 3Press BUTTONS 2 and 3 simultaneously.¡When the tape reaches the end of one

side, the unit will automatically switch tothe opposite side of the tape.

Fast forward and rewind................... 2, 3Press button 2 to fast-forward; press button3 to rewind the tape. To stop fast forwardingor rewinding, lightly press the opposite button2 or 3 to return to the play mode.During fast forward and rewind, the radiomonitor is activated. The unit receives thestation selected last.

Ejecting the tape ................................... 4Press the EJECT button 4 to eject a tape.The system will return to the audio sourceselected last.

Radio operation

Selecting radio modeEach time the BAND button is pressed, theselected band changes as shown below.

Radio tuning .......................................... 2¡Automatic tuning

Press the TUNE/SEEK + or - button 2for more than 2 seconds.When the button is released, the systemwill start automatic tuning and stop at thenext receivable station.

¡Manual tuningTo select higher frequency stations, pressthe + button for less than 0.5 seconds.To select lower frequency stations, pressthe - button for less than 0.5 seconds.To quickly scan up or down in frequency,press and hold the + or - button.Release the button when the displayapproaches the desired frequency, thenpress and release the button repeatedlyuntil the desired frequency is displayed.A flashing decimal point in the frequencydisplay indicates that the system isreceiving a station 50 kHz higher than thedisplayed frequency.

→ FM1 → FM2 → MW+

C4C031

2

5

DIR

ATP

TUNE/SEEK

CLOCK

1 2 3

4 5 6

P SCANー .

B A N D

3614

+

C4C0321

DIR

ATP

TUNE/SEEK

CLOCK

1 2 3

4 5 6

P SCANー .

B A N D

3 4

2

Page 232: TB125 TB135 TB145

230

OPTIONS

Radio (for EU)

Storing preset stations ......................... 3The preset buttons 3 can be used to store6 stations in each band (FM1, FM2, and MW)for convenient access to your favoritestations.¡Programming stations

1Select the desired band, then tune inthe station you want to store in memory.

2Press and hold one of the presetbuttons for more than 2 seconds.Repeat steps 1 and 2 to programadditional stations.

¡Quick tuningSelect the desired band, then press oneof the six preset buttons.

ATP (Auto Travel Preset) operation ..... 4The Auto Travel Preset function searches forand memorizes the 6 strongest stations inone of the two bands (FM, MW) in order ofsignal strength.This feature is useful when you are drivingin an unfamiliar location and want tomemorize local stations without changing thestandard preset stations.A total of 12 stations (6 FM and 6 MW) canbe programmed.¡To set the stations

1Select the desired band.2Press and hold the ATP button 4 for

more than 2 seconds, “ATP” appearsin the display.When the stations have beenmemorized, scanning stops and thestrongest station is selected.

Quick Tuning of ATP Stations• Select the desired band.• Press the ATP button if the “ATP”

indicator dose not appear in the display.• Press the ATP button for less than 1

second to select the ATP presets insequence. If a total of six stations cannotbe preset “- - -” will be displayed for theempty channels.

¡To scan programmed stationsSee “Preset-Scan-Button operation”.

Supplement: If no station can be received,“- - -” appears in the display.If fewer than 6 stations can be received, thesystem will memorize as many stations aspossible, then select the one memorized first.

Preset-Scan-Button operation ......... 1, 4This function scans each of the presetstations stored in the selected band (bothmanual preset and auto travel presets).1Select the desired band or ATP mode.

Press the BAND/P.SCAN button 1 forFM1, FM2 or MW, or press the ATP button4 for less than 0.5 seconds to select theATP mode.

2Press the BAND/P.SCAN button 1 formore than 2 seconds. The system willselect and receive each preset station for5 seconds.

3To stop scanning and retain the stationcurrently selected, press the BAND/P.SCAN button 1 again during this five-second period.

Page 233: TB125 TB135 TB145

231

OPTIONS

Radio (for EU)

Clock

Display mode change ........................... 1The display on the unit can be changed bypushing the button 1. Pushing button 1alternates the display between time andradio/tape. Press the CLOCK button 1 toswitch between the clock and audio display.When a radio or tape function is performedwhile the time display is selected, the audiodisplay will appear for 10 seconds, then thedisplay will return to the time mode.

Adjusting the time......................... 1, 2, 3To adjust the time, press the TUNE/SEEK+2 or -3 button while pressing theCLOCK button 1.To adjust the hour, press the + button.To adjust the minutes, press the - button.To advance the time rapidly, hold the - or+ button continuously.

Clock reset ........................................ 1, 4Press preset button 6 4 while holding theCLOCK button to skip to the nearest half-hour as follows:Example: 3:00 ~ 3:29 → 3:00

3:30 ~ 3:59 → 4:00

Supplement: This unit uses a 12-hour clock.The clock function and radio presets areretained in memory when the audio isswitched off.

+

C4C033

DIR

ATP

TUNE/SEEK

CLOCK

1 2 3

4 5 6

P SCANー .

B A N D

24 1 3

Page 234: TB125 TB135 TB145

232

OPTIONS

Accumulator

Operating the Machine withAccumulator

High pressure nitrogen gas is enclosedin the accumulator and incorrect handlingcould possibly bring about seriouspersonal injury due to explosion. Thefollowing matters should be strictlyobserved:¡¡¡¡¡Do not disassemble.¡¡¡¡¡Do not bring close to fire or throw into

a fire.¡¡¡¡¡Do not make hole, weld, or fuse.¡¡¡¡¡Do not subject to shock such as hitting

or rolling.¡¡¡¡¡At time of disposal, it will be necessary

to release the enclosed gas. Pleasecontact a Takeuchi sales or serviceoutlet.

<TB125 / TB135 / TB145>On machines equipped with an accumulator,the residual pressure in the auxiliaryhydraulic circuits can be released within aspecific amount of time after the engine isstopped.

<TB125 / TB135>On the TB125/TB135, the residual pressurein the working equipment circuitry can bereleased in addition to the residual pressurein the auxiliary hydraulic circuit. Operate thelever to lower the boom during a period of 5minutes after the engine is stopped.

Releasing the residual pressureAfter using the machine, pressure remainsin the hydraulic circuits. This is called theresidual pressure. Use the procedure belowto release the residual pressure asnecessary.

WARNING

Perform the operation to release the residualpressure within 5 minutes after stopping theengine.1. Push back the throttle lever and idle the

engine at low speed.2. Lower the bucket and dozer blade to the

ground.3. Check that the safety lock lever is in the

released position.4. Stop the engine.5. Turn the starter switch to the ON position.

6. Press both the auxiliary hydraulic switches(A) and (B) several times to release theresidual pressure in the circuitry.

<TB125 / TB135>Move all the control levers and pedalsseveral times in all directions to releasethe pressure from the working equipmentcircuitry.

7. Set the safety lock lever to the lockposition.

<TB125 / TB135>Lowering the boom when the engine hasstopped.Perform this operation within 5 minutes afterstopping the engine.1. Check that the safety lock lever is in the

released position.2. Check that the starter switch is in the ON

position.3. Push the operating lever slowly forward

to lower the boom.

B

A

G4B016

Page 235: TB125 TB135 TB145

233

OPTIONS

Operating Levers (with Second auxiliary hydraulics) / TB145

1. Left operating lever2. Right operating lever3. First auxiliary hydraulic buttons4. Third auxiliary hydraulic button5. Third auxiliary hydraulic switch

Horn Button

Press the button on the right operating leverto blow the horn.

Names of Components

6. Second auxiliary hydraulic switch7. Horn button8. Decel.button9. Third auxiliary hydraulic warning lamp

K3L021

Third Auxiliary Hydraulic WarningLamp

This lamp illuminates and an alarm soundswhen the third auxiliary hydraulic pressuredrops abnormally while the engine is running.

k3L020

4

2

673

1

83

59

K3L019

Page 236: TB125 TB135 TB145

234

OPTIONS

Operating Levers (with Second auxiliary hydraulics) / TB145

Decel. Button

WARNING

Set the operating and travel levers toneutral before operating the decel. button.The machine’s operating speed willchange abruptly if the button is operatedwhile the levers are engaged.

Press the button on the right operating leverto lower the engine speed to low idling.Press the button again to return to the enginespeed set with the throttle lever.Note: The one-touch decelerator is a devicefor lowering the engine speed and reducingfuel consumption when little engine outputis required, for example when the operatingand travel levers are in neutral.

First Auxiliary Hydraulic Buttons

Press those buttons to control the flow of theoil in the first auxiliary hydraulic lines.(A) .... Hydraulic oil flows to left auxiliary

line(a)(B) .... Hydraulic oil flows to right auxiliary

line(b)¡Proportional control of the auxiliary

hydraulic circuit is not possible.K3L022

K3L023

A

B

Page 237: TB125 TB135 TB145

235

OPTIONS

Operating Levers (with Second auxiliary hydraulics) / TB145

Second Auxiliary Hydraulic Switch

Proportional controlNote: The machine has auxiliary proportionalcontrols for second auxiliary hydraulic.Proportional control allows for slow-to-fastmovement of auxiliary functions.Example: If you move the auxiliary switchhalf way, the auxiliary function will move atapproximately one-half speed.

Move this switch to control the flow of the oilin the second auxiliary hydraulic lines.(C) .... Hydraulic oil flows to left auxiliary

line(c)(D) .... Hydraulic oil flows to right auxiliary

line(d)

Third Auxiliary Hydraulic Switchand Button

Press those switch and button to control theflow of the oil in the third auxiliary hydrauliclines.When the safety lock lever is released afterthe engine is started, hydraulic oil constantlyflows in pipe (e). When button (1) and switch(2) are pressed simultaneously, the oil flowswitches to pipe (f). When this happens, thepressure of pipe (e) drops, an alarm issounded and the warning lamp (3) lights.For safety, only operates when both button(1) and switch (2) are pressed.

21

3K3L0251

CD

K3L024

Page 238: TB125 TB135 TB145

236

OPTIONS

Operating Levers (with Second auxiliary hydraulics) / TB145

First Auxiliary Hydraulics

WARNING

Oil may spurt out if caps or filters areremoved or pipes disconnected beforereleasing the pressure in the hydraulicsystem.¡¡¡¡¡When disconnecting hoses, release the

internal pressure before removing.

These lines deliver the hydraulic oilnecessary for operating a hydraulic breaker,crusher or other attachments.

Stop valve .....S : Closed O : Open

Connecting the Hydraulic CircuitsTo connect the attachment hydraulic lines,use the following procedures:1. Release the pressure remaining in the

lines then close the stop valve.Refer to “Releasing the residual pressure”.

2. Remove the plugs.3. Connect the attachment hydraulic lines to

ports (a) and (b).When fitted with a hydraulic breaker,connect the return circuit to port (b) andthe supply circuit to port (a).

4. Open the stop valves.When fitted with a hydraulic breaker, openthe selector valve (1).Refer to page 237 “Selector Valve”.

5. When connecting is complete, purge airfrom the hydraulic lines.a. Start and run the engine at low idle with

no load for 10 minutes.

b. With the engine running at low idleoperate the auxiliary hydraulic switchesrepeatedly (approx. 10 times) to purgeair from the hydraulic lines.

c. Stop the engine and wait for more than5 minutes until bubbles escape from thehydraulic oil in the tank.

IMPORTANT: Follow the procedures forpurging air as instructed by theattachment manufacturer if specified todo so.

6. Check for leaks.

Operating

Press those buttons to control the flow of theoil in the first auxiliary hydraulic lines.(A) .... Hydraulic oil flows to left auxiliary

line(a)(B) .... Hydraulic oil flows to right auxiliary

line(b)

K3L026

ba

S O

K3L023

A

B

Page 239: TB125 TB135 TB145

237

OPTIONS

Operating Levers (with Second auxiliary hydraulics) / TB145

Disconnecting the hydraulic circuits1. Release the pressure remaining in the

lines then close the stop valve.Refer to “Releasing the residual pressure”.

2. Disconnect the lines from ports (a) and (b).3. Install the plugs.

Releasing the residual pressureAfter using the auxilliary hydraulic circuits,pressure remains in the circuits. This is calledthe residual pressure. Release this residualpressure before disconnecting the lines.

1. Start the engine and press the auxiliaryhydraulic switch (B).(The residual pressure is released fromthe (a) port line, and pressure is generatedin the (b) port.)

2. Stop the engine and open the selectorvalve (1) on the machine body.(The residual pressure is released fromthe (b) port line.)

When equipped with accumulator (option):Refer to page 232 “Accumulator”.

Selector valve

O: Open ....... When using a hydraulicbreaker (1-way flow)

S: Closed ..... When using a reversibleattachment (2-way flow)

Change the direction of the hydraulic oil flowby opening or closing the selector valve onthe machine body.

K3L023

A

B

1 - way

2 - way

1

1

O

S

G4D007E

Page 240: TB125 TB135 TB145

238

OPTIONS

Second Auxiliary Hydraulics

WARNING

Oil may spurt out if caps or filters areremoved or pipes disconnected beforereleasing the pressure in the hydraulicsystem.¡¡¡¡¡When disconnecting hoses, release the

internal pressure before removing.

These lines deliver the hydraulic oilnecessary for operating a hydraulicattachment.

Stop valve .....S : Closed O : Open

Connecting the Hydraulic CircuitsTo connect the attachment hydraulic lines,use the following procedures:1. Release the pressure remaining in the

lines then close the stop valve.When equipped with accumulator.Refer to “Releasing the residual pressure”.

2. Remove the plugs.3. Connect the attachment hydraulic lines to

ports (c) and (d).4. Open the stop valves.5. When connecting is complete, purge air

from the hydraulic lines.a. Start and run the engine at low idle with

no load for 10 minutes.b. With the engine running at low idle

operate the auxiliary hydraulic switchesrepeatedly (approx. 10 times) to purgeair from the hydraulic lines.

c. Stop the engine and wait for more than5 minutes until bubbles escape from thehydraulic oil in the tank.

IMPORTANT: Follow the procedures forpurging air as instructed by theattachment manufacturer if specified todo so.

6. Check for leaks.

Operating

Move this switch to control the flow of the oilin the second auxiliary hydraulic lines.(C) .... Hydraulic oil flows to left auxiliary

line(c)(D) .... Hydraulic oil flows to right auxiliary

line(d)

Disconnecting the hydraulic circuits1. Release the pressure remaining in the

lines then close the stop valve.When equipped with accumulator.Refer to “Releasing the residual pressure”.

2. Disconnect the lines from ports (c) and (d).3. Install the plugs.

Operating Levers (with Second auxiliary hydraulics) / TB145

K3L027

dc

S O CD

K3L024

Page 241: TB125 TB135 TB145

239

OPTIONS

When equipped with accumulator.Releasing the residual pressureAfter using the auxilliary hydraulic circuits,pressure remains in the circuits. This is calledthe residual pressure. Release this residualpressure before disconnecting the lines.

1. Stop the engine.2. Turn the starter switch to the ON position.3. Fully lower the safety lock lever.4. Within 5 minutes after the engine comes

to a complete stop, move the 2nd auxiliaryhydraulic switch to the right and left severaltimes.

5. Place the safety lock lever to the lockposition.

Operating Levers (with Second auxiliary hydraulics) / TB145

CD

K3L024

Page 242: TB125 TB135 TB145

240

OPTIONS

Third Auxiliary Hydraulics

WARNING

Oil may spurt out if caps or filters areremoved or pipes disconnected beforereleasing the pressure in the hydraulicsystem.¡¡¡¡¡When disconnecting hoses, release the

internal pressure before removing.

These lines deliver the hydraulic oilnecessary for operating a quick attachment.

Connecting the Hydraulic CircuitsTo connect the attachment hydraulic lines,use the following procedures:1. Release the pressure remaining in the

lines .Refer to “Releasing the residual pressure”.

2. Remove the plugs.3. Connect the attachment hydraulic lines to

ports (e) and (f).4. When connecting is complete, purge air

from the hydraulic lines.a. Start and run the engine at low idle with

no load for 10 minutes.b. With the engine running at low idle

operate the auxiliary hydraulic switchesrepeatedly (approx. 10 times) to purgeair from the hydraulic lines.

c. Stop the engine and wait for more than5 minutes until bubbles escape from thehydraulic oil in the tank.

IMPORTANT: Follow the procedures forpurging air as instructed by theattachment manufacturer if specified todo so.

5. Check for leaks.

Operating

When the safety lock lever is released afterthe engine is started, hydraulic oil constantlyflows in pipe (e). When button (1) and switch(2) are pressed simultaneously, the oil flowswitches to pipe (f). When this happens, thepressure of pipe (e) drops, an alarm issounded and the warning lamp (3) lights. Forsafety, only operates when both button (1)and switch (2) are pressed.

Disconnecting the hydraulic circuits1. Release the pressure remaining in the

lines .Refer to “Releasing the residual pressure”.

2. Disconnect the lines from ports (e) and (f).3. Install the plugs.

Releasing the residual pressureAfter using the auxilliary hydraulic circuits,pressure remains in the circuits. This is calledthe residual pressure. Release this residualpressure before disconnecting the lines.1. Stop the engine.

(The residual pressure is released fromthe (e) port line.)

Operating Levers (with Second auxiliary hydraulics) / TB145

f

e

K3L028

21

3K3L0251

Page 243: TB125 TB135 TB145

241

OPTIONS

Air Conditioner (TB135 / TB145)

CAUTIONS ON USE

Ventilate periodically

¡When using the air conditioner over anextended period of time, open thewindows about once each hour to let infresh air.

¡Your eyes may become irritated if yousmoke while using the air conditioner. Ifthis happens, open the windows to let infresh air. Cigarette smoke particularlyirritates the eyes when using the airconditioner because the humidity in thecabin drops and the eyes’ membranestend to become dry.

Always maintain good visibility

Working with the windows dirty or foggedrestricts visibility and is dangerous. Alwaysclean dirt and moisture off the windowsbefore working.¡The windows tends to get foggy when the

humidity is high. If this happens, turn onthe air conditioner and use outside air andthe defroster to get rid of the fog.

¡ If the air conditioner is set to high whenusing the defroster, the difference betweenthe external and internal temperaturesincreases, and fog may form on theoutside of the windows. If this happens,either turn the air conditioner off or turnthe temperature control dial clockwise toincrease the internal temperature.

¡Mist may blow out of the air outlets. Thisis not a malfunction. When moist airpasses through the air conditioner unit’sevaporator, water particles in the air freezeand are emitted as mist.

Do not overcool

For health purposes, the air inside the cabshould be kept at a temperature at which youfeel a little cool when entering the cab fromoutside (a difference of 5 to 6°C (9 to 11°F)).Be careful to adjust the temperature properly.

Do not turn the air conditioner onuntil the engine is started

To avoid placing an excessive load on thecompressor, wait until the engine is startedand is running smoothly before turning onthe air conditioner.

Let hot air out first

If the excavator has been parked in the sun,open the windows or door to let the hot airout of the cab before using the air conditioner.

Caution on refrigerant (gas)

Exposure of the eyes or hands to the cooler’srefrigerant could result in blindness orfrostbite. Never touch the refrigerant orloosen the parts of the cooling circuit.Should the refrigerant gas leak, keep flamesaway.

Page 244: TB125 TB135 TB145

242

OPTIONS

NAMES OF COMPONENTS

1. Defroster2. Condenser3. Receiver drier4. Foot outlets5. Back outlets6. Control panel7. Compressor8. Air conditioner unit9. Filter

Control Panel

10. Air conditioner switch11. Temperature control dial12. Fan switch

Air Conditioner (TB135 / TB145)

K3L030112 1110

Page 245: TB125 TB135 TB145

243

OPTIONS

Air Conditioner Switch

IMPORTANT: To avoid placing anexcessive load on the compressor, waituntil the engine is started and is runningsmoothly before turning on the airconditioner.

Use this switch to turn the air conditioner ONand OFF. When this switch is pressed whilethe engine is running and the fan switch isON, the air conditioner turns on. Press theswitch again or turn the fan switch OFF tostop the air conditioner.O ...... OFF I ....... ONSupplement: To prevent leakage of coolantgas from the compressor’s seal, operate theair conditioner at least once a week,regardless of the season.Supplement: The air conditioner will notfunction if the temperature in the cab is low(about 3°C (38°F) or lower).

Air Conditioner (TB135 / TB145)

Temperature Control Dial

Use this dial to adjust the air temperature.COOL ..... To lower the temperatureWARM .... To increase the temperatureSupplement: No warm air is emitted if thetemperature of the engine coolant is low.

Fan Switch

Use this switch to adjust the fan speed inthree steps. At the OFF position, the airconditioner is also OFF.OFF ........ Fan and air conditioner off ............. Low ............ Medium ............ High

L3T006

COOL WARMT9L003

T9L004

Page 246: TB125 TB135 TB145

244

OPTIONS

Outlets

Type A

Type B

Move the louvers up and down or left andright to adjust the air flow direction andamount.

OPERATION

Heating and Dehumidifying(in cold weather or when thehumidity is high)

After starting the engine, turn the airconditioner ON and adjust the switches asshown in the diagram above.The outflow slot of the defroster can bedirected at the front window.Warm, dehumidified air blows on the frontwindow, preventing fogging.Set the temperature control dial and fanswitch to the desired positions.

Air Conditioner (TB135 / TB145)

L3T007

T9L007

Page 247: TB125 TB135 TB145

245

OPTIONS

Defogging the Windows

CAUTION

If the air conditioner is set to high whenusing the defroster, the differencebetween the external and internaltemperatures increases, and fog mayform on the outside of the windows. Ifthis happens, either turn the airconditioner OFF or turn the temperaturecontrol dial clockwise (WARM).

After starting the engine, turn the airconditioner ON and adjust the switches asshown in the diagram above.The outflow slot of the defroster can bedirected at the front door.

Air Conditioner (TB135 / TB145)

T9L008

Cooling

CAUTION

¡¡¡¡¡Excessive cooling can be harmful toyour health. It is best to keep the airinside the cab only about 5 to 6°C (9 to11°F) cooler than the outside air.

¡¡¡¡¡ If the excavator has been parked in thesun, open the windows or door to letthe hot air out of the cab before usingthe air conditioner.

After starting the engine, turn the airconditioner ON and adjust the switches asshown in the diagram above.Set the temperature control dial and fanswitch to the desired positions.

Quick cooling

To cool the cab quickly, set the temperaturecontrol dial to cool and the fan switch to High,as shown on the diagram above.

T9L008

T9L009

Page 248: TB125 TB135 TB145

246

OPTIONS

INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Inspection and maintenance interval............................ Every 250 hours

Cleaning the Condenser

CAUTION

Cleaning the condenser with highpressured water may damage it. Cleanthe condenser gently.

If the condenser is dirty, heat will notdischarge properly. Wash dirt off thecondenser with water.1. Open the engine hood.2. Clean the condenser.

Inspecting and Adjustingthe Air Conditioner Belt

Inspection and maintenance interval... After first 50 hours (New machines only)

IMPORTANT: Do not let any oil or greaseget on the belt, as it will cause the belt toslip, shortening its service life and reducingthe air conditioner’s cooling capacity.If the belt is slack, it will slip and vibrate,shortening its service life and reducing theair conditioner’s cooling capacity. The beltshould also not be too tense. Adjust the belttension to the standard value (approximately8 mm or 0.3 in).

Air Conditioner (TB135 / TB145)

< TB135 >

< TB145 >

G4G020

G4L015

2

3

4

1

1

2

3

4

G4L016

K3L0311

2

3

4

1

�������

Page 249: TB125 TB135 TB145

247

OPTIONS

Air Conditioner (TB135 / TB145)

Inspection1. Tilt up the platform.2. Press on the center of the belt (1) with a

finger. The belt’s tension is normal if itbends about 8 mm (0.3 in) when pressedwith a force of about 98N/10 kg (22 lb).

AdjustmentIf the belt’s tension is not normal, adjust itwith the adjust bolt (3).1. Loosen the nut (4).2. Tighten the bolt (3) to increase the tension.

Loosen the bolt (3) to decrease the tension.3. After adjusting is completed, tighten the

nut (4).

ReplaceReplace the belt in the following cases:

• If it stretches and its tension cannot beadjusted.

• If it is cut or cracked.• If the fan belt is worn and the pulley is

touching the bottom of the V groove.

Cleaning the Filter

Clean the filter sooner when operating industy places.If the filter is clogged, the air becomes weakand a muted booming sound is heard fromthe air conditioner unit.

Removing the filter

1. Loosen the wing bolts (1) and remove thecover (2).

2. Remove the filter.3. Use compressed air to clean the filter.

Cleaning

CAUTION

Wear safety glasses when usingcompressed air.

1. Blow dry, compressed air (138 kPa or 20psi or less) directly on the filter from theinside, moving up and down along thecreases.Be sure to keep the nozzle at an adequatedistance from the filter.

K3L033

2

1

1

Page 250: TB125 TB135 TB145

248

OPTIONS

CAUTION

The high pressure pipe becomes hot (80to 120°C (176 to 248°F)), so be careful notto burn yourself when inspecting therefrigerant level.

< TB135 >

4. Open the engine hood.

< TB145 >

4. Tilt up the cab.Refer to page 130 “Tilting Up the Platform”.

5. Also check the temperature of thecompressor’s high pressure pipe (1) andlow pressure pipe (2). Refer to page 249“Condition of the refrigerant.”

Off-Season Inspection

Even off season, run the cooler for 3 to 5minutes at least once a week to maintain oilin the various parts of the compressor.

Air Conditioner (TB135 / TB145)

K3L035

2

1

K3L034

1

2

Inspecting the Refrigerant (gas)Level

WARNING

Exposure of the eyes or hands to thecooler’s refrigerant could result inblindness or frostbite. Never touch therefrigerant or loosen the parts of thecooling circuit.Should the refrigerant gas leak, keepflames away.

The cooling capacity will decrease if theamount of refrigerant is insufficient.

Inspect the refrigerant level using the sightglass (2) on the top of the receiver drier (1).1. Open the engine hood.2. Inspect under the following conditions:

• Cab door ........... Fully open• Temperature control dial

......................... Fully to the COOL side• Air strength ....... High• Engine speed .... 1500 rpm• Air conditioner ... On

3. Inspect by watching the flow of air bubblesin the refrigerant through the sight glass(2). Refer to page 249 “Condition of therefrigerant”.

2

1

G4L017

Page 251: TB125 TB135 TB145

249

OPTIONS

If the air conditioner does not functionIf the air conditioner does not cool or heat the air, set the fan switch to OFF and contact aservice outlet for inspection and/or repairs.IMPORTANT: Continued use of the air conditioner when it is not functioning properlymay damage its various parts.IMPORTANT: Using the air conditioner when there is no refrigerant will damage thecompressor. Be particularly careful not to do this.IMPORTANT: Always have a service outlet add or replace the refrigerant. Be sure touse R134a refrigerant (800g or 1.76 lb).

Sight glass (refrigerant) High/low pressure pipetemperature

Pipe connection

Normal Almost transparent, withsome bubbles, but fullytransparent when theengine speed is increasedor decreased.

High pressure pipe (1) hot(80 to 120°C, 176 to 248°F),low pressure pipe (2) cold(8 to 15°C, 46 to 59°F).Clear difference intemperature between thepipes.

No irregularities.

Refrigerantlow

Flow of bubbles can beseen constantly.Refrigerant is sometimestransparent or has whitebubbles.Refrigerant may be leaking.

High pressure pipe warm,low pressure pipesomewhat cool. No greatdifference in temperaturebetween the pipes.

Some oilyplaces.

Almost norefrigerant

Some mist-like refrigerantcan be barely seen flowing.Refrigerant has leaked, andalmost none is left.

Almost no difference intemperature between thehigh and low pressurepipes.

Some heavilyoily places.

Excessrefrigerant

No bubbles can be seen,even when the fan is set tohigh and the engine isidling.

High pressure pipe is hot,low pressure pipe issomewhat cool.There is a difference intemperature between thepipes.

No irregularities.

Condition of the refrigerant

Air Conditioner (TB135 / TB145)

Page 252: TB125 TB135 TB145

250

OPTIONS

IMPORTANT: Never set this switch to theOFF (O) position while the engine isrunning.Doing so might cause damage to theelectrical system.

OFF (O) .. Switches off the electrical circuit.Be sure to set this switch to theOFF (O) position when storing themachine for a long period, orwhen performing maintenance ofthe electrical system.

ON ( I ) .... Connects the electrical system.Check that this switch is in theON ( I ) position before startingthe engine.

Supplement: Setting this switch to theOFF (O) position will shut down all of theelectrical circuits and the memory of the radiopreset tuning buttons will be deleted.

K3L036

Battery Switch

Page 253: TB125 TB135 TB145

251

MEMO

Page 254: TB125 TB135 TB145

252

OPTIONS

Immobilizer System

The immobilizer system is a device thatprotects the machine from theft through theuse of falsified keys, etc. Signals areexchanged between the machine and thekey, and the engine cannot be started unlessthe key is one of the included immobilizerkeys or the registration key. If an attempt ismade to force the engine to start using afalsified key, an alarm device is activated.

Stopping the alarm

Using one of the included immobilizer keysor the registration key, turn the starter switchfrom OFF (O) to ON ( | ). When the signal isidentified, the alarm stops.

Keys

The machine comes with two immobilizerkeys and one registration key. The keys areused for the immobilizer system (theftprevention device).

¡ Immobilizer key (key grip: black)The immobilizer key is used not only tostart and stop the engine, but also to lockand unlock the following places:• Fuel filler cap• Cab door• Covers

¡Registration key (key grip: gray)The registration key is used for key re-registration (rewriting the ID code). It canalso be used in the same was as theimmobilizer keys. If an immobilizer key islost are a new immobilizer key ispurchased, re-register the keys.Refer to page 254 “Re-Registration of thekey”.

Immobilizer keys can be ordered individually.If the registration key is lost, however, theimmobilizer system must be replaced. Beparticularly careful not to lose the registrationkey, and store it separately from theimmobilizer keys.

N0B035

N0B036

N0B026E

Immobilizer key Registration key

Page 255: TB125 TB135 TB145

253

OPTIONS

Immobilizer System

IMPORTANT: If a key from a differentimmobilizer system or a metal object isbrought near or into contact with thestarter switch or key section, the systemmay no longer be able to identify the keys’ID codes, in which case it is no longerpossible to start the engine.

• Do not place keys for anotherimmobilizer system together with yourmachine’s keys.

• Do not use metal key holders.

N0B033

N0B034

Page 256: TB125 TB135 TB145

254

OPTIONS

Immobilizer System

Re-Registration of the Keys

Re-register the keys in the following cases:¡ If one of the immobilizer keys is lost, re-

register the remaining keys so as toprevent theft.

¡ If you purchase new immobilizer keys,they must be registered before they canbe used with the machine’s immobilizersystem.

¡The ID code is changed each time a keyis registered, so any keys you alreadyhave must also be re-register.

Refer to page 252 “Immobilizer System”.

IMPORTANT: Please read and understandthe registration procedure before starting.If you stop in the middle, you may have tostart over from the beginning.Do not turn the key to the START ( )position while performing the steps 3 to12.

Registration Procedure

1. Prepare the immobilizer keys you wish toregister (key grip: black/maximum of 5keys) and the registration key (key grip:gray).

2. Check whether or not the engine startswith the registration key.If the engine does not start, it is possiblethat the registration key belongs to anotherproduct.This matter must be checked again.

3. Insert the registration key into the starterswitch and turn it from the OFF (O) positionto the ON ( I ) position.

4. Hold for about 10 seconds.

N0B026E

Immobilizer key Registration key

N0B029E

Registration key

Page 257: TB125 TB135 TB145

255

OPTIONS

Immobilizer System

5. Return to the OFF (O) position from theON ( I ) position and remove theregistration key.

6. Within 10 seconds, insert the immobilizerkey into the starter switch and turn it fromthe OFF (O) position to the ON ( I )position.

7. Hold for about 10 seconds.

8. Return to the OFF (O) position from theON ( I ) position and remove theimmobilizer key.

9. Perform steps (6) to (8) for all immobilizerkeys (maximum of 5 keys) that you wishto register.

10. Within 10 seconds after registering theimmobilizer keys, insert the registrationkey into the starter switch and turn it fromthe OFF (O) position to the ON ( I )position.

11. Hold for about 10 seconds.

12. Return to the OFF (O) position from theON ( I ) position and remove theregistration key.This completes the registration procedure.

13. Check that the engine starts using all theregistered keys (registration key andimmobilizer keys).If the engine does not start, re-registerthe keys.If the engine still does not start, consult aTakeuchi sales or service outlet.

N0B030E

Registration key

N0B027E

Immobilizer key

N0B028E

Immobilizer key

N0B029E

Registration key

N0B030E

Registration key

Page 258: TB125 TB135 TB145

256

Page 259: TB125 TB135 TB145

257

INDEX

Page 260: TB125 TB135 TB145

258

INDEX

A ~ C

A

Accessories ................................................................ 51Accumulator ............................................................. 232

Adjusting the gap between the bucket and arm ....... 219

After Cold Weather is Over ........................................ 83After First 100 to 250 Hours (New Machines Only) .. 116

After First 50 Hours (New Machines Only) ............. 108

After starting the engine ............................................. 15After the Fuel Runs Out ........................................... 139

Always clean the machine ......................................... 26

Air Conditioner ......................................................... 241Air Conditioner Switch .............................................. 243

Always keep the machine clean ................................. 12

Anti-explosive lighting ................................................ 25Ashtray (Cab) ............................................................. 54

Attach a “DO NOT OPERATE” tag ............................ 25

Attachment Combination Table ................................ 200Automatic Crawler Adjuster (TB145) ........................ 226

Auxiliary Hydraulic Lines ............................................ 52

Auxiliary Hydraulic Switches ...................................... 48Auxiliary Pedal ......................................................... 223

Avoid battery hazards ................................................ 30

Avoid fire and explosion hazards ............................... 10

B

Battery Switch .......................................................... 250Be careful not to get crushed or cut ........................... 11

Be careful with fluids under pressure ......................... 29

Be careful with grease under pressure ...................... 29Be careful with hot and pressurized components ...... 28

Be careful with hot cooling systems ........................... 29

Be sure to lock the safety lock lever before leaving theoperator’s seat ......................................................... 9

Before Starting Operation .......................................... 60

Before Starting the Engine ......................................... 61

Biodegradable Oil .................................................... 198

Blade Lever ................................................................ 50

Bleeding the Air from the Fuel System ..................... 139Boom Swing Pedal ..................................................... 50

Bucket ...................................................................... 219

C

Cab Door .................................................................... 38

Caution on Using the Arm ........................................ 207Cautions ..................................................................... 85

Cautions after Completing Operations ....................... 83

Cautions on Maintenance .......................................... 92Cautions on Operating ............................................... 76

Cautions on tilting up the platform ............................. 27

Cautions on Towing .................................................... 22Cautions on Transporting ........................................... 90

Cautions on traveling on slopes ................................. 18Cautions on Traveling on Slopes ............................... 77

Changing the Link Arm Installation Position ............. 218

Check for safety in the surrounding area before starting .................................................................. 16

Check the position of the undercarriage (tracks) before

traveling ................................................................. 17Checks after maintenance ......................................... 31

Cigarette Lighter (Cab) .............................................. 54

Cleaning the air cleaner ........................................... 117Cleaning the Condenser .......................................... 246

Cleaning the engine cooling system ........................ 120

Cleaning the Filter .................................................... 247Cleaning the radiator fins and oil cooler fins ............ 118

Cleaning the water separator ................................... 115

Clear the area of other persons before starting themachine ................................................................. 14

Condition of the refrigerant ...................................... 249

Controls ...................................................................... 35Cooling ..................................................................... 245

Page 261: TB125 TB135 TB145

259

INDEX

D ~ I

D

Daily Inspection .......................................................... 60Daily Inspection (Every 10 Hours) ........................... 103

Danger of flying objects ............................................. 22

Decel. Button ........................................................... 234Decel. Switch ............................................................. 47

Defogging the Windows ........................................... 245

Disconnect the battery ............................................... 30Disposing of wastes ................................................... 31

Do not allow unauthorized personnel in the work area .... 25

Do not permit riders on the machine .......................... 16Doors and Covers ...................................................... 38

Draining the fuel tank ............................................... 114

E

Emergency shut-off valve ........................................ 224

Engine Hood .............................................................. 42Ensure good visibility ................................................. 16

Every 100 Hours ...................................................... 115

Every 1000 Hours .................................................... 120Every 2000 Hours .................................................... 123

Every 250 Hours ...................................................... 117

Every 50 Hours ......................................................... 111Every 500 Hours ...................................................... 119

Excavators are not designed for lifting loads ............. 21

Exhaust fumes from the engine can kill ..................... 10Expendables .............................................................. 95

Extending and Retracting the Arm ........................... 207

External Power Socket (for EU) ................................. 53

F

First Auxiliary Hydraulic Buttons .............................. 234First Auxiliary Hydraulics .......................................... 236

Front Cover (Tool Box) ............................................... 41

Front Window (Cab) ................................................... 39

Fuel and Lubricant Chart ........................................... 94

Fuel Filler Cap ............................................................ 42

G

General ...................................................................... 92General Precautions .................................................... 8

General Precautions ................................................ 194

Getting Out of Mud ..................................................... 79

H

Handling asbestos dust .............................................. 10Handling in Cold Weather .......................................... 83

Handling of hoses ...................................................... 28

Handling of the Accumulator ...................................... 31Handling Rubber Crawlers ......................................... 84

Have a Takeuchi service agent repair welding cracks orother damage ........................................................ 31

Heating and Dehumidifying (in cold weather or when

the humidity is high) ............................................ 244Heater (Cab) .............................................................. 51

Horn Button .............................................................. 233

Horn Switch ................................................................ 47Hydraulic Breaker .................................................... 216

I

If a Fuse Blows ........................................................ 140

If a Warning Lamp Flashes ...................................... 141

If the Battery Goes Dead ......................................... 138If the Engine Overheats ........................................... 137

Immobilizer System .................................................. 148

Important Parts .......................................................... 98In cold weather ........................................................... 15

Page 262: TB125 TB135 TB145

260

INDEX

Index ........................................................................ 257

Indicators ................................................................... 45

Inspecting and adjusting the Air Conditioner Belt .... 246Inspecting and adjusting the crawler tension ............ 111

Inspecting and adjusting the engine valve clearance .... 122

Inspecting and adjusting the fan belt ....................... 110Inspecting and adjusting the fan belt ....................... 117

Inspecting and Replacing the Fuse .......................... 140

Inspecting and replenishing the coolant ................... 103Inspecting and replenishing the engine oil ............... 104

Inspecting and replenishing the windshield washer

fluid ..................................................................... 127Inspecting by opening the engine hood and covers .. 101

Inspecting by walking around the machine .............. 102

Inspecting the battery fluid level and replenishing ... 113Inspecting the engine fuel injection pressure and spray

condition .............................................................. 122Inspecting the engine fuel injection timing ............... 124

Inspecting the engine fuel injection valve ................ 124

Inspecting the fuel level ........................................... 105Inspecting the Fusible Link ...................................... 140

Inspecting the hydraulic oil level and replenishing ... 105

Inspecting the Refrigerant (gas) Level ..................... 248Inspecting the rubber crawlers ................................. 131

Inspecting the water separator ................................. 104

Inspecting while sitting in the operator’s seat .......... 102Inspection After Warm-up .......................................... 67

Inspection and Checks After Stopping the Engine ..... 82

Inspection and Maintenance .................................... 209Instrument Panel ........................................................ 45

Insure driver safety before loading trucks .................. 19

Interior Light (Cab) ..................................................... 54Introduction .................................................................. 2

K

Keep a safe distance from electrical power lines ....... 19

Keys ......................................................................... 252

Know the working area .............................................. 12

L

Lever Pattern (ISO Pattern) ....................................... 64

Lever Pattern (JCB Pattern) ....................................... 65Levers and Pedals ..................................................... 49

Lifting Capacities ...................................................... 165

Light Switch ................................................................ 48Load and unload the machine safely ......................... 24

Load Safety Device .................................................. 224

Loading and Unloading .............................................. 88Long Arm .................................................................. 204

Long-term Storage ................................................... 134

Lower Front Window (Cab) ........................................ 40Lubricating the levers ............................................... 129

Lubricating the slew bearing .................................... 112Lubricating the working equipment .......................... 107

M

Machine Description .................................................... 3

Machine Dimensions ................................................ 152

Machine Operation ..................................................... 64Main Specifications .................................................. 148

Maintain three point contact when mounting and

dismounting ........................................................... 14Maintenance .............................................................. 91

Maintenance Chart ..................................................... 99

Maintenance Description ........................................... 92Maintenance Precautions .......................................... 25

Meters ........................................................................ 46

Mounting and Dismounting ........................................ 60Middle Arm ............................................................... 202

I ~ M

Page 263: TB125 TB135 TB145

261

INDEX

N

Names of Components .............................................. 36Never modify the machine ......................................... 11

Never remove safety equipment .................................. 8

Never slew (swing) sideways with excessive weights ..... 21

O

Observe all safety rules ............................................... 8Off-Season Inspection ............................................. 248

Operate on snow or ice with extra care ..................... 18

Operating Levers ....................................................... 49Operating Levers (with Second auxiliary hydraulics) /

TB145 .................................................................. 233

Operating on slopes is dangerous ............................. 20Operating Precautions ............................................... 16

Operating Procedures ................................................ 74

Operating Range ...................................................... 156Operating Ranges TB125 (Fully Extended Arm) ..... 210

Operating Ranges TB125 (Fully Retracted Arm) .... 211

Operating Ranges TB135 (Fully Extended Arm) ..... 212Operating Ranges TB135 (Fully Retracted Arm) .... 213

Operating Ranges TB145 (Fully Extended Arm) ..... 214

Operating Ranges TB145 (Fully Retracted Arm) .... 215Operating Ranges (TB125) ...................................... 204

Operating Ranges (TB135) ...................................... 205

Operating Ranges (TB145) ...................................... 202Operating Ranges (TB145) ...................................... 206

Operating the Auxiliary Hydraulics ............................. 73

Operating the Machine with Accumulator ................ 232Operating the Travel Levers ....................................... 68

Operating the Working Equipment ............................. 71

Operation ................................................................... 59Operations Possible with this Machine ...................... 80

Options ..................................................................... 193

Other Symptoms ...................................................... 142

Outlets ...................................................................... 244

Overload Warning Device ........................................ 225

P

Park safely ................................................................. 23

Parking ....................................................................... 82Parking the Machine .................................................. 82

Pedal Lock ................................................................. 50

Perform inspection and maintenance daily ................ 13Place heavy objects in a stable position .................... 27

Precautions on Installing Attachments ..................... 194

Precautions on Operating ........................................ 216Precautions on Operating Attachments ................... 195

Precautions on Safety .............................................. 194

Prepare the work area ............................................... 26Preparing for Cold Weather ....................................... 83

Preparing Precautions ............................................... 12Prohibited Actions ...................................................... 84

Prohibited Operations ................................................ 74

Provide a fire extinguisher and first aid kit ................... 8

R

Radio (Cab Type) ....................................................... 55Radio (for EU) .......................................................... 228

Release all pressure before working on the hydraulic

system ................................................................... 29Replace important safety parts periodically ............... 25

Replace the hydraulic oil regularly! ............................ 95

Replace the hydraulic oil regularly! .......................... 217Replacing Rubber Crawler Belts .............................. 226

Replacing the air cleaner element ........................... 121

Replacing the bucket ............................................... 128Replacing the bucket teeth and the side cutters ...... 125

Replacing the Bucket Teeth and the Side Cutters ... 220

Replacing the engine oil and oil filter ....................... 109

N ~ R

Page 264: TB125 TB135 TB145

262

INDEX

Replacing the engine oil and oil filter ....................... 117

Replacing the fuel filter ............................................ 119

Replacing the hydraulic oil and cleaning the suctionstrainer ................................................................ 123

Replacing the hydraulic oil return filter ..................... 108

Replacing the hydraulic oil return filter ..................... 119Replacing the hydraulic oil with biodegradable oil ... 198

Replacing the rubber crawlers ................................. 132

Replacing the travel motor gear oil .......................... 122Replacing the travel motor gear oil* ......................... 116

Re-Registration of the Keys ..................................... 150

Retightening the engine cylinder head bolts ............ 122

S

Safety ........................................................................... 7Safety Lock Lever ...................................................... 49

Safety Signs (Decals) ................................................ 32Safety Signs (Decals) .............................................. 196

Seat ............................................................................ 43

Seat and Seat Belt ..................................................... 43Seat Belt .................................................................... 44

Second Auxiliary Hydraulic Switch ........................... 235

Second Auxiliary Hydraulics ..................................... 238Secure the engine hood or cover when opened ........ 27

Securely block the machine or any component that may

fall .......................................................................... 27Securely block the working equipment ...................... 27

Securing the Machine ................................................ 89

Service Data .............................................................. 94Side Window (Cab) .................................................... 40

Specifications ........................................................... 147

Start the engine from the operator’s seat .................. 14Starter Key ................................................................. 38

Starter Switch ............................................................. 47

Starting and Stopping the Engine .............................. 61Starting Precautions ................................................... 14

Starting the Engine .................................................... 62

Starting with jumper cables ........................................ 15

Stay clear of moving parts ......................................... 26Stop the engine before performing maintenance ....... 26

Stopping Precautions ................................................. 23

Stopping the Engine ................................................... 63Switches ..................................................................... 47

Switching the Lever Pattern ..................................... 199

Switching the Lever Pattern ..................................... 199Symptoms that are not Malfunctions ........................ 136

T

Telescopic Arm ......................................................... 207

Temperature Control Dial ......................................... 243

Third Auxiliary Hydraulic Switch and Button ............ 235Third Auxiliary Hydraulic Warning Lamp .................. 233

Third Auxiliary Hydraulics ......................................... 240Throttle Lever ............................................................. 49

3-Hole Bucket .......................................................... 218

Tightening Torques ..................................................... 97Tilting Up the Platform ............................................. 130

To Lower the Boom .................................................. 144

Tools ........................................................................... 96Towing ...................................................................... 145

Transport .................................................................... 87

Transport the machine safely ..................................... 24Transporting Precautions ........................................... 24

Travel Alarm ............................................................. 222

Travel Levers ............................................................. 50Travel safety .............................................................. 17

Travel Speed Switch .................................................. 48

Troubleshooting ....................................................... 135

U

Use a signal person and flagman ................................ 9

R ~ U

Page 265: TB125 TB135 TB145

263

INDEX

Use caution when fueling ........................................... 28

Use the correct tools .................................................. 25

Using optional products ............................................. 11

W

Walk-Around Inspection ............................................. 60Walk-Around Inspection ........................................... 101

Warming Up the Engine ............................................. 63

Warming Up the Machine (Hydraulic Oil) ................... 66Warning Lamps .......................................................... 45

Watch boom clearance .............................................. 21

Watch out for hazardous working conditions ............. 20Wear appropriate clothing and personal protective

equipment ................................................................ 8

When Required ........................................................ 125Wiper Switch (Cab) .................................................... 48

U ~ W

Page 266: TB125 TB135 TB145

First Published October 1998 No. 23992

Thirtieth Published April 2007

OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Compact Excavator

Edited and issued by TAKEUCHI MFG. CO., LTD.

Printed in Japan by STATION M Co., Ltd.

TB125TB135TB145

Page 267: TB125 TB135 TB145

CALIFORNIA

Proposition 65 Warning

Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents areknown to the State of California to cause cancer, birthdefects, and other reproductive harm.Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain leadand lead compounds, chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Wash hands after handling battery.